cerabar m pmc51, pmp51, pmp55 / deltabar m pmd55 ...€¦ · ba00383p/00/en/08.16 products...
TRANSCRIPT
Products Solutions ServicesBA00383P/00/EN/08.1671316872
Valid from software version:01.00.zz
Operating InstructionsCerabar MDeltabar MDeltapilot M Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow / Hydrostatic
Deltapilot M
Deltabar M
Cerabar M
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
2 Endress+Hauser
A0023555
Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device. To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" sectioncarefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures. The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. YourEndress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates tothese Instructions.
1.Order code:
Ext. ord. cd.:
Ser. no.:
www.endress.com/deviceviewer Endress+Hauser Operations App
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXX-XXXXXX
XXX.XXXX.XX
Serial number
2.
3.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
Endress+Hauser 3
Table of contents
1 Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1 Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2 Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.1 Requirements concerning the staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.2 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.3 Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.4 Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.5 Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82.6 Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.1 Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.2 Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.3 Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123.4 CE mark, Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . 12
4 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.1 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.2 Storage and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.3 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134.4 General installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144.5 Installing Cerabar M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154.6 Installing Deltabar M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.7 Installing Deltapilot M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334.8 Installing profile seal for universal process adapter
384.9 Closing the housing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384.10 Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5 Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.1 Connecting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.2 Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.3 Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415.4 Overvoltage protection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.5 Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456.1 Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456.2 Operation without an operating menu . . . . . . . 466.3 Operation with an operating menu . . . . . . . . . . 486.4 PROFIBUS PA communication protocol . . . . . . 57
7 Commissioning without an operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
7.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827.2 Position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8 Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848.2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858.3 Position zero adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868.4 Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)
878.5 Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978.6 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018.7 Differential pressure measurement (Deltabar M) .
1028.8 Flow measurement (Deltabar M) . . . . . . . . . . . 1048.9 Level measurement (Deltabar M) . . . . . . . . . . . 1078.10 Overview of the onsite display operating menu . . .
1198.11 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278.12 Saving or duplicating device data . . . . . . . . . . . 148
9 Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
9.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499.2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509.3 Output value (Out Value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519.4 Electrical differential pressure measurement with
gauge pressure sensors (Cerabar M or Deltapilot M) 153
9.5 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559.6 Saving or duplicating device data . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20310.1 Cleaning instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20310.2 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20411.1 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20411.2 Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20711.3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20811.4 Repair of Ex-certified devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20811.5 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20911.6 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20911.7 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20911.8 Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
12 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Document information Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
4 Endress+Hauser
1 Document information
1.1 Document functionThese Operating Instructions contain all the information that is required in various phases of the life cycle of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance and storage, to mounting, connection, operation and commissioning through to troubleshooting, maintenance and disposal.
1.2 Symbols used
1.2.1 Safety symbols
1.2.2 Electrical symbols
1.2.3 Tool symbols
Symbol Meaning
A0011189-DE
DANGER!This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in seriousor fatal injury.
A0011190-DE
WARNING!This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in seriousor fatal injury.
A0011191-DE
CAUTION!This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minoror medium injury.
A0011192-DE
NOTICE!This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personalinjury.
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
Direct current Alternating current
Direct current and alternating current Ground connectionA grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system.
Protective ground connectionA terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections.
Equipotential connectionA connection that has to be connected to the plant grounding system: This may be a potential equalization line or a star grounding system depending on national or company codes of practice.
Symbol Meaning
A0011221
Allen key
A0011222
Hexagon wrench
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTICE
)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Document information
Endress+Hauser 5
1.2.4 Symbols for certain types of information
1.2.5 Symbols in graphics
1.2.6 Symbols at the device
Symbol Meaning
A0011182
PermittedIndicates procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
A0011184
ForbiddenIndicates procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
A0011193
TipIndicates additional information.
A0015482
Reference to documentation
A0015484
Reference to page
A0015487
Reference to graphic
, , ... Series of steps
A0018343
Result of a sequence of actions
A0015502
Visual inspection
A0015502
Indicates how to navigate to the parameter using the display and operating module
A0015502
Indicates how to navigate to the parameter using operating tools (e.g. FieldCare)
Symbol Meaning
1, 2, 3, 4, ... Item numbers
, , ... Series of steps
A, B, C, D, ... Views
Symbol Meaning
A0019159
Safety instructionsObserve the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions.
Connecting cable immunity to temperature change Indicates that the connecting cables have to withstand a temperature of 85°C at least.
1. 2.
1. 2.
t 85°C>
Document information Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
6 Endress+Hauser
1.2.7 Registered trademarksKALREZ®, VITON®, TEFLON®
Registered label of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP®
Registered label of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
PROFIBUS PA®
Trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, Germany
GORE-TEX®
Registered label of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., USA
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Basic safety instructions
Endress+Hauser 7
2 Basic safety instructions
2.1 Requirements concerning the staffThe personnel for installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance must fulfill the following requirements:• Trained, qualified specialists: must have a relevant qualification for this specific function
and task• Are authorized by the plant owner/operator• Are familiar with federal/national regulations• Before beginning work, the specialist staff must have read and understood the instructions
in the Operating Instructions and supplementary documentation as well as in the certificates (depending on the application)
• Following instructions and basic conditions
The operating personnel must fulfill the following requirements:• Being instructed and authorized according to the requirements of the task by the facility's
owner-operator• Following the instructions in these Operating Instructions
2.2 Designated useThe Cerabar M is a pressure transmitter for measuring level and pressure.The Deltabar M is a differential pressure transmitter for measuring differential pressure, flow and level.The Deltapilot M is a hydrostatic pressure sensor for measuring level and pressure.
2.2.1 Incorrect useThe manufacturer is not liable for damage caused by improper or non-designated use.Verification for borderline cases:For special fluids and fluids for cleaning, Endress+Hauser is glad to provide assistance in verifying the corrosion resistance of fluid-wetted materials, but does not accept any warranty or liability.
2.3 Workplace safetyFor work on and with the device:• Wear the required personal protective equipment according to federal/national
regulations.• Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.
2.4 Operational safetyRisk of injury!‣ Operate the device in proper technical condition and fail-safe condition only.‣ The operator is responsible for interference-free operation of the device.‣ Only disassemble the device in pressurless condition!
Conversions to the deviceUnauthorized modifications to the device are not permitted and can lead to unforeseeabledangers:‣ If, despite this, modifications are required, consult with Endress+Hauser.
RepairTo ensure continued operational safety and reliability,
Basic safety instructions Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
8 Endress+Hauser
‣ Carry out repairs on the device only if they are expressly permitted.‣ Observe federal/national regulations pertaining to repair of an electrical device.‣ Use original spare parts and accessories from Endress+Hauser only.
2.5 Hazardous areaTo eliminate a danger for persons or for the facility when the device is used in the hazardous area (e.g. explosion protection, pressure vessel safety):
• Based on the nameplate, check whether the ordered device is permitted for the intended use in the hazardous area.
• Observe the specifications in the separate supplementary documentation that is an integral part of these Instructions.
2.6 Product safetyThis measuring device is designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meet state-of-the- art safety requirements, has been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. It fulfills general safety requirements and legal requirements. It also conforms to the EC directives listed in the device-specific EC declaration of conformity. Endress+Hauser confirms this fact by applying the CE mark.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Identification
Endress+Hauser 9
3 Identification
3.1 Product identificationThe following options are available for identification of the measuring device:• Nameplate specifications• Order code with breakdown of the device features on the delivery note• Enter serial numbers from nameplates in W@M Device Viewer
(www.endress.com/deviceviewer): All information about the measuring device is displayed.
For an overview of the technical documentation provided, enter the serial number from the nameplates in the W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer).
3.2 Device designation
3.2.1 Nameplate• The MWP (maximum working pressure) is specified on the nameplate. This value refers
to a reference temperature of 20°C (68°F) or 100°F (38°C) for ANSI flanges. • The pressure values permitted at higher temperatures can be found in the following
standards:– EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 1)
– ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316– ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276– JIS B 2220
• The test pressure corresponds to the over pressure limit (OPL) of the device = MWP x 1.5 2).
• The Pressure Equipment Directive (EC Directive 97/23/EC) uses the abbreviation "PS". The abbreviation "PS" corresponds to the MWP (maximum working pressure) of the measuring device.
1) With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together under 13EO in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
2) The equation does not apply for PMP51 and PMP55 with a 40 bar (600 psi) or a 100 bar (1500 psi) measuring cell.
Identification Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
10 Endress+Hauser
Aluminum housing
A0030017
Fig. 1: Nameplate
1 Device name2 Order code (for re-orders)3 Serial number (for identification) 4 Extended order code (complete)5 MWP (maximum working pressure)6 Electronic version (output signal)7 Min./max. span 8 Nominal measuring range9 Supply voltage10 Unit of length11 ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX (optional)12 ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive (optional)13 Approvals14 Device version15 Software version16 Degree of protection 17 Wetted materials 18 Approval-specific information
Devices suitable for oxygen applications are fitted with an additional nameplate.
A0030019
Fig. 2: Additional nameplate for devices suitable for oxygen applications
1 Maximum pressure for oxygen applications2 Maximum temperature for oxygen applications3 Layout identification of the nameplate
ex works FW:Dev.Rev.:
25
00
02
75
5-C
Ext. order code:Ser. no.:
U=Span
PMWP
Order code:
Made in Germany, D-79689 Maulburg Mat.:
25
00
02
75
6-EL=
12 3
45 6 7
8 9 1011
1213
1415
16
17
18
18
PmaxTmax
for oxygen serviceBei Sauerstoffeinsatz/
12 3
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Identification
Endress+Hauser 11
Stainless steel housing, hygienic
A0030021
Fig. 3: Nameplate for Cerabar M and Deltapilot M
1 Device name2 Order code (for re-orders)3 Serial number (for identification) 4 Extended order code (complete)5 Nominal measuring range 6 MWP (maximum working pressure) 7 Length data 8 Electronic version (output signal) 9 Supply voltage 10 Min./max. span 11 Wetted materials12 Approval-specific information 13 ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX (optional) 14 ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive (optional) 15 Approvals 16 Software version17 Device version 18 Degree of protection
Devices with certificates are fitted with an additional plate.
A0030024
Fig. 4: Additional nameplate for devices with certificates
1 Approval-specific information
3.2.2 Identifying the sensor typeIn the case of gauge pressure sensors, the "Pos. zero adjust" parameter appears in the operating menu ("Setup" -> "Pos. zero adjust").In the case of absolute pressure sensors, the "Calib. offset" parameter appears in the operating menu ("Setup" -> "Calib. offset").
00
27
57
-A
p
Order code:
Ext. order code:Ser. no.:
MWP
D-79689 MaulburgMade in Germany,
ex works FW
U= Dev.Rev.:
L=
Span
Mat.:
00
27
58
-C
12
34
44
56
78
910
11
1213
1415
16
17
18
12
00
27
59
-B
1
1
Identification Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
12 Endress+Hauser
3.3 Scope of deliveryThe scope of delivery comprises:• Device • Optional accessories
Documentation supplied:• The Operating Instructions BA00383P is available on the Internet. See: www.endress.com Download
• Brief Operating Instructions: KA01031P Cerabar M / KA01028P Deltabar M / KA01034P Deltapilot M
• Final inspection report• Additional Safety Instructions for ATEX, IECEx and NEPSI devices• Optional: factory calibration form, test certificates
3.4 CE mark, Declaration of ConformityThe devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations as listed in the EC Declaration of Conformity and thus comply with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms the conformity of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 13
4 Installation
4.1 Incoming acceptance• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches
your order.
4.2 Storage and transport
4.2.1 StorageThe device must be stored in a dry, clean area and protected against damage from impact (EN 837-2).Storage temperature range:See Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P / Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M TI00437P.
4.2.2 Transport
WARNING!
Incorrect transportationHousing, diaphragm and capillaries may become damaged, and there is a risk of injury!‣ Transport the measuring device to the measuring point in its original packaging or by the
process connection.‣ Follow the safety instructions and transport conditions for devices weighing more than
18 kg (39.6 lbs).‣ Do not use capillaries as a carrying aid for the diaphragm seals.
4.3 Installation conditions
4.3.1 DimensionsFor dimensions, please refer to the Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P / Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M TI00437P, "Mechanical construction" section.
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
14 Endress+Hauser
4.4 General installation instructions• Devices with a G 1 1/2 thread:
When screwing the device into the tank, the flat seal has to be positioned on the sealing surfaceof the process connection. To avoid additional strain on the process isolating diaphragm, the thread should never be sealed with hemp or similar materials.
• Devices with NPT threads:– Wrap Teflon tape around the thread to seal it.– Tighten the device at the hexagonal bolt only. Do not turn at the housing.– Do not overtighten the thread when screwing. Max. torque: 20 to 30 Nm (14.75 to
22.13 lbf ft)
4.4.1 Mounting sensor modules with PVDF thread
WARNING!
Risk of damage to process connection!Risk of injury!‣ Sensor modules with PVDF process connections with threaded connection must be
installed with the mounting bracket provided!
WARNING!
Material fatigue from pressure and temperature!Risk of injury if parts burst! The thread can become loose if exposed to high pressure and temperatures.‣ The integrity of the thread must be checked regularly and the thread may need to be re-
tightened with the maximum tightening torque of 7 Nm (5.16 lbf ft). Teflon tape is recommended for sealing the ½" NPT thread.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 15
4.5 Installing Cerabar M• Due to the orientation of the Cerabar M, there may be a shift in the zero point, i.e. when
the container is empty or partially full, the measured value does not display zero. You can correct this zero point shift ä 47, Chap. "Function of the operating elements" or ä 86, Chap. 8.3 "Position zero adjustment".
• For PMP55, please refer to Section 4.5.2 "Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals – PMP55", ä 18.
• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls. ä 22, Chap. 4.5.5 "Wall and pipe mounting (optional)".
4.5.1 Installation instructions for devices without diaphragm seals – PMP51, PMC51
NOTICEDamage to the device!If a heated Cerabar M is cooled during the cleaning process (e.g. by cold water), a vacuum develops for a short time, whereby moisture can penetrate the sensor through the pressure compensation (1).‣ If this is the case, mount the Cerabar M with the pressure compensation (1) pointing
downwards.
• Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1) free from contamination.• Cerabar M transmitters without diaphragm seals are mounted as per the norms for a
manometer (DIN EN 837-2). We recommend the use of shutoff devices and siphons. The orientation depends on the measuring application.
• Do not clean or touch process isolating diaphragms with hard or pointed objects.• The device must be installed as follows in order to comply with the cleanability
requirements of the ASME-BPE (Part SD Cleanability):
1
1
1
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
16 Endress+Hauser
Pressure measurement in gases
A0028473
Fig. 5: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in gases
1 Cerabar M2 Shutoff device
Mount the Cerabar M with the shutoff device above the tapping point so that any condensate can flow into the process.
Pressure measurement in steams
A0028474
Fig. 6: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in steams
1 Cerabar M2 Shutoff device3 U-shaped siphon4 Circular siphon
• Mount Cerabar M with siphon above the tapping point. • Fill the siphon with liquid before commissioning.
The siphon reduces the temperature to almost the ambient temperature.
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
4
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 17
Pressure measurement in liquids
A0028491
Fig. 7: Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in liquids
1 Cerabar M2 Shutoff device
• Mount Cerabar M with shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
Level measurement
A0028492
Fig. 8: Measuring arrangement for level
• Always install the Cerabar M below the lowest measuring point.• Do not mount the device in the filling curtain or at a point in the tank which could be
affected by pressure pulses from an agitator.• Do not mount the device in the suction area of a pump.• The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device
downstream of a shutoff device.
1
2
3
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
18 Endress+Hauser
4.5.2 Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals – PMP55
• Cerabar M devices with diaphragm seals are screwed in, flanged or clamped, depending on the type of diaphragm seal.
• Please note that the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid columns in the capillaries can cause zero point shift. The zero point shift can be corrected.
• Do not clean or touch the process isolating diaphragm of the diaphragm seal with hard or pointed objects.
• Do not remove process isolating diaphragm protection until shortly before installation.
NOTICEImproper handling!Damage to the device!‣ A diaphragm seal and the pressure transmitter together form a closed, oil-filled
calibrated system. The fill fluid hole is sealed and may not be opened.‣ When using a mounting bracket, sufficient strain relief must be ensured for the
capillaries in order to prevent the capillary bending down (bending radius 100 (3.94 in)).
‣ Please observe the application limits of the diaphragm seal filling oil as detailed in the Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P, "Planning instructions for diaphragm seal systems" section.
NOTICEIn order to obtain more precise measurement results and to avoid a defect in the device, mount the capillaries as follows:‣ Vibration-free (in order to avoid additional pressure fluctuations)‣ Not in the vicinity of heating or cooling lines‣ Insulate if the ambient temperature is below or above the reference temperature ‣ With a bending radius of 100 mm (3.94 in).‣ Do not use the capillaries as a carrying aid for the diaphragm seals!
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 19
Vacuum application
For applications under vacuum, Endress+Hauser recommends mounting the pressure transmitter below the diaphragm seal. This prevents vacuum loading of the diaphragm seal caused by the presence of fill fluid in the capillary.
When the pressure transmitter is mounted above the diaphragm seal, the maximum height difference H1 in accordance with the illustrations below must not be exceeded.
A0023994
Fig. 9: Installation above the lower diaphragm seal
The maximum height difference depends on the density of the filling oil and the smallest ever pressure that is permitted to occur at the diaphragm seal (empty vessel), see illustration below:
A0023986-en
Fig. 10: Diagram of maximum installation height above the lower diaphragm seal for vacuum applications depending on the pressure at the diaphragm seal on the positive side
A Height difference H1B Pressure at diaphragm seal 1 Low temperature oil2 Vegetable oil3 Silicone oil4 High-temperature oil5 Inert oil
H1
1
2
3
4
5
A
B
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
50 100 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000200 [mbarabs]
[m]
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
20 Endress+Hauser
Mounting with temperature isolator
Endress+Hauser recommends the use of temperature isolators in the event of constant extreme medium temperatures which lead to the maximum permissible electronics temperature of +85 °C (+185°F) being exceeded.Depending on the filling oil used, diaphragm seal systems with temperature isolators can be used for maximum temperatures of up to 400 °C (+752 °F). For the temperature application limits, see technical Information, "Diaphragm seal filling oils" section.To minimize the influence of rising heat, Endress+Hauser recommends the device be mounted horizontally or with the housing pointing downwards. The additional installation height also brings about a maximum zero point shift of 21 mbar (0.315 psi) due to the hydrostatic column in the temperature isolator. You can correct this zero point shift at the device.The temperature restrictions are lowest with an insulation height of 30 mm (1.18 inch). Full insulation exhibits virtually the same behavior as no insulation! The temperature limits with an insulation height of 30 mm (1.18 inch) are illustrated in the following graphic.
A0031354
Fig. 11:
A Ambient temperature: 85 °C (185 °F)B Process temperature: max. 400 °C (752 °F), depending on the filling oil usedC Device with temperature isolator, material 316L (1.4404)D Without isolationE Maximum isolationF 30 mm (1.18. inch) isolationG Without isolation, maximum isolation, 30 mm (1.18. inch) isolation1 Isolation heigth 30 mm (1.18. inch)2 Isolation material
Tp
Ta
+212+176+140+104+68+32-4-40-76
+400
+350
+300
+250
+200
+150
+100
+50
0
-50
-100
+752
+662
+572
+482
+392
+302
+212
+122
+32
-58
-148 [°C]
[°F]
[°C][°F]
+100+80+60+40+200-20-40-60
A
B
1
2
A
D E FG
C
B
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 21
4.5.3 Seal for flange mounting
NOTICECorrupted measurement results.The seal is not allowed to press against the process isolating diaphragm as this could affect the measurement result.‣ Ensure that the seal is not touching the process isolating diaphragm.
A0017743
Fig. 12: 1 Process isolating diaphragm2 Seal
4.5.4 Thermal insulation – PMP55The PMP55 may only be insulated up to a certain height. The maximum permitted insulation height is indicated on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a heat conductivity 0.04 W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and process temperature. The data were determined under the most critical application "quiescent air".
A0020474
Fig. 13: Maximum permitted insulation height, here indicated on a PMP55 with a flange
A Ambient temperature: 70 °C (158°F)B Process temperature: max. 400 °C (752°F), depending on the diaphragm seal filling oil used1 Maximum permitted insulation height2 Insulation material
1 2
A
B
1 2
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
22 Endress+Hauser
4.5.5 Wall and pipe mounting (optional)Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installation on pipes or walls (for pipe diameters from 1 ¼" to 2").
Please note the following when mounting:• Devices with capillary tubes: mount capillaries with a bending radius 100 mm (3.94 in).• When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of at
least 5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).
A0028493
Engineering unit mm (in)
122 (4.8)
52
(2
.05
)
86
(3
.39
)
70
(2
.76
)
140 (5.51)158 (6.22) 175 (6.89)
ø6
(0
.24
)
ø42...60 (1.65...2.36)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 23
4.5.6 Assembling and mounting the "separate housing" version
Assembly and mounting
1. Insert the connector (item 4) into the corresponding connection jack of the cable (item 2).
2. Plug the cable into the housing adapter (item 6).
3. Tighten the locking screw (item 5).
4. Mount the housing on a wall or pipe using the mounting bracket (item 7). When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of at least 5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).Mount the cable with a bending radius (r) 120 mm (4.72 in).
Routing the cable (e.g. through a pipe)
You require the cable shortening kit.Order number: 71093286For details on mounting, see SD00553P/00/A6.
A0028494
Fig. 14: "Separate housing" version
1 In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and cable ready mounted.2 Cable with connection jack3 Pressure compensation4 Connector5 Locking screw6 Housing mounted with housing adapter, included7 Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting (for pipe diameters from 1 ¼" up to 2")
Engineering unit mm (in)
r �120 (4.72)
2
34
5
6
1
7
7
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
24 Endress+Hauser
4.5.7 PMP51, version prepared for diaphragm seal mount – welding recommendation
Endress+Hauser recommends welding on the diaphragm seal as follows for the "Version XSJ: prepared for diaphragm seal mount" version in feature 110 "Process connection" in the order code up to, and including, 40 bar (600 psi) sensors: the total welding depth of the fillet weld is 1 mm (0.04 in) with an outer diameter of 16 mm (0.63 in). Welding is performed according to the WIG method.
Information on filling
The diaphragm seal must be filled as soon as it has been welded on.• After welded into the process connection, the sensor assembly must be properly filled with
a filling oil and sealed gas-tight with a sealing ball and lock screw.Once the diaphragm seal has been filled, at the zero point the device display should not exceed 10% of the full scale value of the cell measuring range. The internal pressure of the diaphragm seal must be corrected accordingly.
• Adjustment / calibration:– The device is operational once it has been fully assembled.– Perform a reset. The device must then be calibrated to the process measuring range as
described in the Operating Instructions.
A0028495
Fig. 15: Version XSJ: prepared for diaphragm seal mount
1 Hole for fill fluid2 Bearing3 SetscrewA1 See the "Welding recommendation" table below
Engineering unit mm (in)
A1
ø7.95 (0.31)
ø2.5 (0.1)
5 (
0.2
)
1 2 3
Consecutive seam no.
Sketch/welding groove shape, dimension as per DIN 8551
Base material matching Welding method DIN EN ISO 24063
Welding position
Inert gas, additives
A1 for sensors 40 bar (600 psi)
A0024811
Adapter made of AISI 316L (1.4435) to be welded to diaphragm seal made of AISI 316L (1.4435 or 1.4404)
141 PB Inert gas Ar/H 95/5
Additive: ER 316L Si(1.4430)
s1 a0.8
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 25
4.6 Installing Deltabar MNOTICE
Incorrect handling!Damage of the device!‣ Disassembly of the screws with item number (1) is not permissible under any
circumstances and will result in loss of warranty.
4.6.1 Installation position• Due to the orientation of the Deltabar M, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the measured value does not display zero. You may correct this zero point shift by a position adjustment in one of the following ways: – via the operation keys on the electronics module ( ä 47, "Function of the operating
elements")– via the operating menu ( ä 86, "Position zero adjustment")
• General recommendations for routing the impulse piping can be found in DIN 19210 "Methods for measurement of fluid flow; differential piping for flow measurement devices" or the corresponding national or international standards.
• Using a three-valve or five-valve manifold allows for easy commissioning, installation and maintenance without interrupting the process.
• When routing the impulse piping outdoors, ensure that sufficient anti-freeze protection is used, e.g. by using pipe heat tracing.
• Install the impulse piping with a monotonic gradient of at least 10%.• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls ( ä 30, "Wall
and pipe-mounting (option)").
Installation position for flow measurement
For more information about differential pressure flow measurement refer to following documents:
• Differential pressure flow measurements with orifices: Technical Information TI00422P• Differential pressure flow measurement with Pitot tubes: Technical Information TI00425P
1
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
26 Endress+Hauser
Flow measurement in gases
A0029783
Measuring layout for flow measurement in gases
1 Orifice plate or pitot tube2 Shut-off valves3 Deltabar M 4 Three-valve manifold
• Mount the Deltabar M above the measuring point so that the condensate which may be present, can run off into the process piping.
Flow measurement in steam
A0029784
Measuring layout for flow measurement in steam
1 Orifice plate or pitot tube2 Condensate traps3 Shut-off valves4 Deltabar M5 Three-valve manifold6 Separator7 Drain valves
• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point.• Mount the condensate traps at the same level as the tapping points and at the same
distance to the Deltabar M.• Prior to commissioning, fill the impulse piping to the height of the condensate traps.
+ –
3
4
2
1
+ –
1
4
5
3
2
7
6
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 27
Flow measurement in liquids
A0029785
Measuring layout for flow measurement in liquids
1 Orifice plate or pitot tube2 Shut-off valves3 Deltabar M4 Three-valve manifold5 Separator6 Drain valves
• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point so that the impulse piping is always filled with liquid and gas bubbles can run back into the process piping.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and drain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Installation position for level measurement
Level measurement in an open container
A0029787
Measuring layout for level measurement in open containers
1 The low-pressure side is open to atmospheric pressure2 Deltabar M3 Three-valve manifold4 Separator5 Drain valve
• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping is always filled with liquid.
• The low-pressure side is open to atmospheric pressure.• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and
drain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
+ –
1
3
4
2
6
5
–
+min.
patm
5
4
patm
2
3
1
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
28 Endress+Hauser
Level measurement in a closed container
A0029790
Measuring layout for level measurement in a closed container
1 Shut-off valves2 Deltabar M3 Three-valve manifold4 Separator5 Drain valves
• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping is always filled with liquid.
• Always connect the low-pressure side above the maximum level.• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and
drain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Level measurement in a closed container with superimposed steam
A0029791
Measuring layout for level measurement in a container with superimposed steam
1 Condensate trap2 Shut-off valves3 Deltabar M4 Three-valve manifold5 Separator6 Drain valves
• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping is always filled with liquid.
• Always connect the low-pressure side above the maximum level.• A condensate trap ensures constant pressure on the low-pressure side.
–
+min.
5
4
2
1
3
–max.
–
+min.
5
6
3
4
–max.
2
1
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 29
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and drain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Installation position for differential pressure measurement
Differential pressure measurement in gases and steam
A0029792
Measuring layout for differential pressure measurement in gases and steam
1 Deltabar M2 Three-valve manifold3 Shut-off valves4 e.g. filter
• Mount the Deltabar M above the measuring point so that the condensate which may be present, can run off into the process piping.
Differential pressure measurement in liquids
A0029798
Measuring layout for differential pressure measurement in liquids
1 e.g. filter2 Shut-off valves3 Deltabar M4 Three-valve manifold5 Separator6 Drain valves
• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point so that the impulse piping is always filled with liquid and gas bubbles can run back into the process piping.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and drain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
+
1
2
3
4
1
5
6
3
4
+2
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
30 Endress+Hauser
4.6.2 Wall and pipe-mounting (option)Endress+Hauser offers the following mounting brackets for installing the device on pipes or walls:
When using a valve block, the block's dimensions must be taken into account.Bracket for wall and pipe mounting including retaining bracket for pipe mounting and two nuts.material of the screws used to secure the device depend on the order code.Technical data (e.g. dimensions or order numbers for screws) see accessory document SD01553P/00/EN.
Please note the following when mounting:• To prevent the mounting screws from scoring, lubricate them with a multi-purpose grease
prior to mounting. • In the case of pipe mounting, the nuts on the bracket must be tightened uniformly with a
torque of at least 30 Nm (22.13 lbf ft).• For installation purposes, only use the screws with item number (2) (see the following
diagram).
Standard design Heavy duty design
A0031326 A0031327
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 31
NOTICEIncorrect handling!Damage of the device!‣ Disassembly of the screws with item number (1) is not permissible under any
circumstances and will result in loss of warranty.
A0024167.eps
11
22
2
1
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
32 Endress+Hauser
Typical installation arrangements
A0023109
Abb. 16:
A Impulse line vertical, version V1, alignment 90°B Impulse line horizontal, version H1, alignment 180°C Impulse line horizontal, version H2, alignment 90°1 Deltabar M2 Adapter plate3 Mounting bracket4 Pressure line
1
1
2
4
3
1
2
3
3
4
C
A B
4
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 33
4.7 Installing Deltapilot M • Due to the orientation of the Deltapilot M, there may be a shift in the zero point, i.e. when
the container is empty or partially full, the measured value does not display zero. You can correct this zero point shift ä 47, Section "Function of the operating elements" or ä 86, Section 8.3 "Position zero adjustment".
• The local display can be rotated in 90° stages.• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls. ä 22, Section 4.5.5 "Wall and pipe mounting (optional)".
4.7.1 General installation instructions • Do not clean or touch process isolating diaphragms with hard or pointed objects. • The process isolating diaphragm in the rod and cable version is protected against
mechanical damage by a plastic cap.• If a heated Deltapilot M is cooled during the cleaning process (e.g. by cold water), a vacuum
develops for a short time, whereby moisture can penetrate the sensor through the pressure compensation (1). If this is the case, mount the Deltapilot M with the pressure compensation (1) pointing downwards.
• Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1) free from contamination.• The device must be installed as follows in order to comply with the cleanability
requirements of the ASME-BPE (Part SD Cleanibility).:
1
1
1
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
34 Endress+Hauser
4.7.2 FMB50
Level measurement
A0028492
Fig. 17: Measuring arrangement for level
• Always install the device below the lowest measuring point.• Do not install the device at the following positions:
– in the filling curtain– in the tank outflow– in the suction area of a pump– or at a point in the tank that can be affected by pressure pulses from the agitator
• The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device downstream of a shutoff device.
• Deltapilot M must be included in the insulation for media that can harden when cold.
Pressure measurement in gases
• Mount Deltapilot M with shutoff device above the tapping point so that any condensate can flow into the process.
Pressure measurement in steams
• Mount Deltapilot M with siphon above the tapping point. • Fill the siphon with liquid before commissioning.
The siphon reduces the temperature to almost the ambient temperature.
Pressure measurement in liquids
• Mount Deltapilot M with the shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 35
4.7.3 FMB51/FMB52/FMB53• When mounting rod and cable versions, make sure that the probe head is located at a point
as free as possible from flow. To protect the probe from impact resulting from lateral movement, mount the probe in a guide tube (preferably made of plastic) or secure it with a clamping fixture.
• In the case of devices for hazardous areas, comply strictly with the safety instructions when the housing cover is open.
• The length of the extension cable or the probe rod is based on the planned level zero point. The height of the protective cap must be taken into consideration when designing the layout of the measuring point. The level zero point (E) corresponds to the position of the process isolating diaphragm.Level zero point = E; top of the probe = L.
4.7.4 Mounting the FMB53 with a suspension clamp
A0018793
Fig. 18: Mounting with a suspension clamp
1 Extension cable2 Suspension clamp3 Clamping jaws
Mounting the suspension clamp:
1. Mount the suspension clamp (item 2). When selecting the place to fix the unit, take the weight of the extension cable (item 1) and the device into account.
2. Raise the clamping jaws (item 3). Position the extension cable (item 1) between the clamping jaws as illustrated in Figure.
3. Hold the extension cable in position (item 1) and push the clamping jaws (item 3) back down.Tap the clamping jaws gently from above to fix them in place.
L
E
17
(0
.67
)
1
2
3
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
36 Endress+Hauser
4.7.5 Seal for flange mounting
NOTICEDistorted measurement results.The seal is not allowed to press on the process isolating diaphragm as this could affect the measurement result.‣ Ensure that the seal is not touching the process isolating diaphragm.
A0017743
Fig. 19: 1 Process isolating diaphragm2 Seal
4.7.6 Wall and pipe mounting (optional)
Mounting bracket
Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls (for pipes from 1 1/4" up to 2" diameter).
In the case of pipe mounting, the nuts on the bracket must be tightened uniformly with a torque of at least 5 Nm (3.69 lbf ft).
1 2
A0028493
Maßeinheit mm (in)
122 (4.8)
52
(2
.05
)
86
(3
.39
)
70
(2
.76
)
140 (5.51)158 (6.22) 175 (6.89)
ø6
(0
.24
)
ø42...60 (1.65...2.36)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Installation
Endress+Hauser 37
4.7.7 Assembling and mounting the "separate housing" version
Assembly and mounting
1. Insert the connector (item 4) into the corresponding connection jack of the cable (item 2).
2. Plug the cable into the housing adapter (item 6).
3. Tighten the locking screw (item 5).
4. Mount the housing on a wall or pipe using the mounting bracket (item 7). When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of at least 5 Nm (3.69 lbf ft).Mount the cable with a bending radius (r) 120 mm (4.72 in).
Routing the cable (e.g. through a pipe)
You require the cable shortening kit.Order number: 71093286For details on mounting, see SD00553P/00/A6.
4.7.8 Supplementary installation instructionsSealing the probe housing• Moisture must not penetrate the housing when mounting the device, establishing the
electrical connection and during operation.• Always firmly tighten the housing cover and the cable entries.
A0028494
Fig. 20: "Separate housing" version
1 In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and cable ready mounted.2 Cable with connection jack3 Pressure compensation4 Connector5 Locking screw6 Housing mounted with housing adapter, included7 Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting (for pipes from 1 1/4" up to 2" diameter)
Maßeinheit mm (in)
r �120 (4.72)
2
34
5
6
1
7
7
Installation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
38 Endress+Hauser
4.8 Installing profile seal for universal process adapterFor mounting details, see KA00096F/00/A3.
4.9 Closing the housing coverNOTICE
Devices with EPDM cover seal - transmitter leakiness! Mineral-based, animal-based or vegetable-based lubricants cause the EPDM cover seal to swell and the transmitter to become leaky.‣ The thread is coated at the factory and therefore does not require any lubrication.
NOTICEThe housing cover can no longer be closed.Damaged thread!‣ When closing the housing cover, please ensure that the thread of the cover and housing
are free from dirt, e.g. sand.If you feel any resistance when closing the cover, check the thread on both again to ensure that they are free from dirt.
4.9.1 Closing the cover on the stainless steel housing
A0028497
Fig. 21: Closing the cover
The cover for the electronics compartment is tightened by hand at the housing until the stop. The screw serves as DustEx protection (only available for devices with DustEx approval).
4.10 Post-installation check
O Is the device undamaged (visual inspection)?
O Does the device comply with the measuring point specifications?
For example:• Process temperature• Process pressure• Ambient temperature range• Measuring range
O Are the measuring point identification and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
O Is the device adequately protected against precipitation and direct sunlight?
O Are the securing screw and securing clamp tightened securely?
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Electrical connection
Endress+Hauser 39
5 Electrical connection
5.1 Connecting the deviceWARNING!
Supply voltage might be connected!Risk of electric shock and/or explosion!‣ Ensure that no uncontrolles processes are activated in the system.‣ Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.‣ When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with the
corresponding national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or Installation or Control Drawings.
‣ A suitable circuit breaker must be provided for the device in accordance with IEC/EN61010.
‣ Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded.‣ Protective circuits against reverse polarity, HF influences and overvoltage peaks are
integrated.
Connect the device in the following order:
1. Check that the supply voltage corresponds to the supply voltage indicated on the nameplate.
2. Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.
3. Remove housing cover.
4. Guide the cable through the gland. Preferably use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable.
5. Connect the device in accordance with the following diagram.
6. Screw down the housing cover.
7. Switch on the supply voltage.
A0029967
PROFIBUS PA electrical connection
1 External ground terminal2 Grounding terminal3 Supply voltage: 9 to 32 VDC (Segment coupler)4 Terminals for supply voltage and signal
- +
1
1
2
3
4
Electrical connection Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
40 Endress+Hauser
5.1.1 Devices with M12 connector
5.2 Connecting the measuring unit
For further information on the network structure and grounding and for further bus system components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating Instructions BA00034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning" and the PNO Guideline.
5.2.1 Supply voltage
5.2.2 Current consumption11 mA ±1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21.
5.2.3 Terminals• Supply voltage and internal ground terminal: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)• External ground terminal: 0.5 to 4 mm2 (20 to 12 AWG)
PIN assignment for M12 connector PIN Meaning
A0011175
1 Signal +
2 Not assigned
3 Signal –
4 Earth
Electronic version
PROFIBUS PA, version for non-hazardous areas
9 to 32 V DC
21
34
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Electrical connection
Endress+Hauser 41
5.2.4 Cable specification• Use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable, preferably cable type A.• Cable outer diameter: 5 to 9 mm (0.2 to 0.35 in)
For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning", the PNO Guideline 2.092 "PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline" and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
5.2.5 Shielding/potential equalization• You achieve optimum shielding against disturbances if the shielding is connected on both
sides (in the cabinet and on the device). If potential equalization currents are expected in the plant, only ground shielding on one side, preferably at the transmitter.
• When using in hazardous areas, you must observe the applicable regulations. Separate Ex documentation with additional technical data and instructions is included with all Ex systems as standard.
5.3 Potential equalizationHazardous area applications: Connect all devices to the local potential equalization.Observe the applicable regulations.
Electrical connection Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
42 Endress+Hauser
5.4 Overvoltage protection (optional)Devices showing version "NA" in feature 610 "Mounted accessories" in the order code are equipped with a surge arrester (see Technical Information "Ordering information" section"). The surge arrester is mounted at the factory on the housing thread for the cable gland and is approx. 70 mm (2.76 in) in length (take additional length into account when installing).The device is connected as specified in the following graphic. For details refer to TI001013KEN, XA01003KA3 and BA00304KA2.
5.4.1 Wiring
A0023111
Fig. 22:
A Without direct shield groundingB With direct shield grounding1 Incoming connection cable2 HAW569-DA2B3 Unit to be protected4 Connection cable
1
2
3
4
+
-
+-
rtsw
+
-
A
B
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Electrical connection
Endress+Hauser 43
5.4.2 Installation
NOTICEScrew connection glued at factory!Damage to the device and/or surge arrester! ‣ When releasing/tightening the union nut use a wrench to hold the screw steady so it
does not turn.
A0028499
Fig. 23:
A Without shield groundingB With shield grounding1 See NOTICE below2 Red3 Black
Engineering unit mm (in)
10 (0.4)
10 (0.4)
5 (0.2)
5 (0.2)
15 (0.6)
7 (0.28)
min. 1.5 mm² (16 AWG)
max. 1.5 mm² (16 AWG)
max. 2.5 mm² (14 AWG)
max. 3.75 Nm (2.77 lbf ft)
1
2
2
3
3
A
B
0.4 Nm (0.30 lbf ft)
+
+
Electrical connection Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
44 Endress+Hauser
5.5 Post-connection checkPerform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the device: • Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?• Is the device properly connected?• Are all screws firmly tightened?• Are the housing covers screwed down tight?
As soon as voltage is applied to the device, the green LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly or the connected onsite display lights up.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 45
6 Operation
6.1 Operating options
6.1.1 Operation without an operating menu
6.1.2 Operation with an operating menuOperation with an operating menu is based on an operation concept with "user roles" ä 48.
Operating options Explanation Graphic illustration Description
Local operation without device display
The device is operated using the operating key and DIP switches on the electronic insert.
ä 46
Operating options Explanation Graphic illustration Description
Local operation with device display
The device is operated using the operating keys on the device display.
ä 50
Remote operation via FieldCare
The device is operated using the FieldCare operating tool.
ä 54
on:P2=delta p
only High off:SW
12345
off:SWon: off:SWon:�
on
off
dampnot used
Address
SW
HW
Zero
on
off
Display
E+–
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
46 Endress+Hauser
6.1.3 Operation via PA communication protocol
6.2 Operation without an operating menu
6.2.1 Position of operating elementsThe operating key and DIP switches are located on the electronic insert in the device.
A0023126
Fig. 24: PROFIBUS PA electronic insert
1 Green LED to indicate successful operation 2 Operating key for position zero adjustment (Zero) or reset 3 Slot for optional local display 4 DIP-switch for bus address SW / HW 5 DIP-switch for hardware address6+7 DIP switch only for Deltabar M
Switch 7: "SW/Square root"; used to control the output characteristicsSwitch 6: "SW/P2-High"; used to determine the high-pressure side
8 Not used9 DIP switch for switching damping on/off10 DIP switch for locking/unlocking parameters relevant to the measured value
Operating options Explanation Graphic illustration Description
Remote operation via FieldCare
The device is operated using the FieldCare operating tool.
ä 57
Remote operation via PDM
The device is operated using the PDM tool.
ä 57
10 9 8 7 6
on
off
SW
/ P
2=
Hig
h
da
mp
ing
1 2 3 4 5
on:P2=delta p
only High off:SW
12345
off:SWon:Ö
on
off
dampnot used
Address
SW
HW
Zero
on
off
Display
SW
/
13
45
2
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 47
Function of the DIP switches
Function of the operating elements
Performing position adjustment on site
• Operation must be unlocked. ä 54, Section 6.3.5 "Locking/unlocking operation".• The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar,
Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot).• The pressure applied must be within the nominal pressure limits of the sensor. See
information on the nameplate.
Perform position adjustment:
1. Pressure is present at device.
2. Press key for at least 3 seconds.
3. If the LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly, the pressure applied has been accepted for position adjustment.If the LED does not light up, the pressure applied was not accepted. Observe the input limits. For error messages, ä 204, Section 11.1 "Messages".
Switches Symbol/labeling
Switch position
"off" "on"
1 The device is unlocked.Parameters relevant to the measured value can be modified.
The device is locked.Parameters relevant to the measured value cannot be modified.
2 damping Damping is switched off.The output signal follows measured value changes without any delay.
Damping is switched on.The output signal follows measured value changes with the delay time .1)
1) The value for the delay time can be configured via the operating menu ("Setup" -> "Damping").Factory setting: = 2 s or as per order specifications.
4 (Deltabar)
SW/ The measuring mode is "Pressure" and the output characteristics is "Linear", as per the SW default setting.
The measuring mode is "flow" and the output characteristics is "Square root" regardless of the settings in the operating menu.
5 (Deltabar)
SW/P2= High The high-pressure side (+/HP) is defined by the setting in the operating menu.("Setup" -> "High Press. Side")
The high-pressure side (+/HP) is allocated to the P2 pressure connection regardless of the setting in the operating menu.
6 Address Set the device address using switches 1-7
7 SW / HW Hardware addressing Software addressing
Operating key(s) Meaning
"Zero"pressed for at least 3 seconds
Position adjustment (zero point correction)Press key for at least 3 seconds. The LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly if the pressure applied has been accepted for position adjustment.See also the following Section "Performing position adjustment on site.''
"Zero" pressed for at least 12 seconds
ResetAll parameters are reset to the order configuration.
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
48 Endress+Hauser
6.2.2 Locking/unlocking operationOnce you have entered all the parameters, you can lock your entries against unauthorized and undesired access.
If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of the operating menu, you can only unlock operation again using the operating menu.
Locking/unlocking via DIP switches
DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert is used to lock/unlock operation. ä 47, "Function of the DIP switches".
6.3 Operation with an operating menu
6.3.1 Operation conceptThe operation concept makes a distinction between the following user roles:
6.3.2 Structure of the operating menu
User role Meaning
Operator Operators are responsible for the devices during normal "operation". This is usually limited to reading process values either directly at the device or in a control room. If the work with the devices extends beyond value read-off tasks, the tasks involve simple, application-specific functions that are used in operation. Should an error occur, these users simple forward the information on the errors but do not intervene themselves.
Service engineer/technician
Service engineers usually work with the devices in the phases following device commissioning. They are primarily involved in maintenance and troubleshooting activities for which simple settings have to be made at the device.Technicians work with the devices over the entire life cycle of the product. Thus, commissioning and advanced settings and configurations are some of the tasks they have to carry out.
Expert Experts work with the devices over the entire product life cycle, but their device requirements are often extremely high. Individual parameters/functions from the overall functionality of the devices are required for this purpose time and again.In addition to technical, process-oriented tasks, experts can also perform administrative tasks (e.g. user administration)."Experts" can avail of the entire parameter set.
User role Submenu Meaning/use
Operator Language Only consists of the "Language" parameter (000) where the operating language for the device is specified.The language can always be changed even if the device is locked.
Operator Display/operat. Contains parameters that are needed to configure the measured value display (selecting the values displayed, display format, etc.).With this submenu, users can change the measured value display without affecting the actual measurement.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 49
For an overview of the entire operating menu: ä 119 ff.
Direct access to parameters
The parameters can only be accessed directly via the "Expert" user role.
Service engineer/technician
Setup Contains all the parameters that are needed to commission measuring operations. This submenu has the following structure:• Standard setup parameters
A wide range of parameters, which can be used to configure a typical application, is available at the start. The measuring mode selected determines which parameters are available.After making settings for all these parameters, the measuring operation should be completely configured in the majority of cases.
• "Extended setup" submenuThe "Extended setup" submenu contains additional parameters for more in-depth configuration of the measurement operation to convert the measured value and to scale the output signal.This menu is split into additional submenus depending on the measuring mode selected.
Service engineer/technician
Diagnosis Contains all the parameters that are needed to detect and analyze operating errors. This submenu has the following structure:• Diagnostic list
Contains up to 10 error messages currently pending.• Event logbook
Contains the last 10 error messages (no longer pending).• Instrument info
Contains information on the device identification.• Measured values
Contains all the current measured values• Simulation
Is used to simulate pressure, level, flow and alarm/warning.• Reset
Expert Expert Contains all the parameters of the device (including those in one of the submenus). The "Expert" submenu is structured by the function blocks of the device. It thus contains the following submenus:• System
Contains general device parameters that neither affect measurement nor integration into a distributed control system.
• MeasurementContains all the parameters for configuring the measurement.
• CommunicationContains the parameters of the PROFIBUS PA interface.
• ApplicationContains all the parameters for configuring the functions that go beyond the actual measurement (e.g. totalizer).
• DiagnosisContains all the parameters that are needed to detect and analyze operating errors.
Parameter name Description
Direct access (119)Entry
Menu path:Expert Direct access
Use this function to enter a parameter code for direct access.
User input: • Enter the desired parameter code.
Factory setting:0
User role Submenu Meaning/use
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
50 Endress+Hauser
6.3.3 Operation with a device display (optional)A 4-line liquid crystal display (LCD) is used for display and operation. The onsite display shows measured values, dialog texts, fault messages and notice messages.For easy operation the display can be taken out of the housing (see figure steps 1 to 3). It is connected to the device through a 90 mm (3.54 in) cable.The display of the device can be turned in 90° stages (see figure steps 4 to 6). Depending on the orientation of the device, this makes it easy to operate the device and read the measured values.
A0028500
Functions:• 8-digit measured value display including sign and decimal point.• Bar graph as graphic display of the standardized value of the Analog Input Block (see
also ä 151, Section 9.3.1 "Scaling the output value (Out Value)", graphic)• Three keys for operation • Simple and complete menu guidance as parameters are split into several levels and groups• Each parameter is given a 3-digit parameter code for easy navigation• Possibility of configuring the display to suit individual requirements and preferences, such
as language, alternating display, display of other measured values such as sensor temperature, contrast setting.
• Comprehensive diagnostic functions (fault and warning message etc.)
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 51
A0030013
Fig. 25: Display
1 Main line2 Value3 Symbol4 Unit5 Bar graph6 Information line7 Operating keys
The following table illustrates the symbols that can appear on the onsite display. Four symbols can occur at one time.
E+–
F1
6
2
57
3
4
Symbol Meaning
Lock symbolThe operation of the device is locked. To unlock the device, ä 54, Locking/unlocking operation.
Communication symbolData transfer via communication
Square root symbol (only Deltabar M)Active measuring mode "Flow measurement"
Error message "Out of specification"The device is being operated outside its technical specifications (e.g. during warmup or cleaning processes).
Error message "Service mode"The device is in the service mode (during a simulation, for example).
Error message "Maintenance required"Maintenance is required. The measured value remains valid.
Error message "Failure detected"An operating error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
52 Endress+Hauser
Operating keys on the display and operating module
Operating example: Parameters with a picklist
Example: selecting "Deutsch" as the language of the menu.
Operating key(s) Meaning
O – Navigate downwards in the picklist– Edit the numerical values and characters within a function
S – Navigate upwards in the picklist– Edit the numerical values and characters within a function
F– Confirm entry– Jump to the next item– Selection of a menu item and activation of the editing mode
O and FContrast setting of onsite display: darker
S and FContrast setting of onsite display: brighter
O and SESC functions:– Exit the edit mode for a parameter without saving the changed value.– You are in a menu at a selection level. Each time you press the keys
simultaneously, you go up a level in the menu.
Language 000 Operation
1 English "English" is set as the menu language (default value). A in front of the menu text indicates the active option.
Deutsch
2 Deutsch Select "Deutsch" with or .
English
3 Deutsch 1. Confirm your choice with . A in front of the menu text indicates the active option ("Deutsch" is now selected as the menu language).
2. Exit the edit mode for the parameter with .English
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 53
Operating example: User-definable parameters
Example: setting "Set URV" parameter from 100 mbar (1.5 psi) to 50 mbar (0.75 psi).
Operating example: Accepting the pressure present
Example: setting position adjustment
Set URV 014 Operation
The local display shows the parameter to be changed. The value highlighted in black can be changed. The "mbar" unit is specified in another parameter and cannot be modified here.1 1 0 0 . 0 0 0 mbar
1. Press or to get to the editing mode.
2. The first digit is highlighted in black.2 1 0 0 . 0 0 0 mbar
1. Use to change "1" to "5".
2. Confirm "5" with . The cursor jumps to the next position (highlighted in black).
3. Confirm "0" with (second position).
3 5 0 0 . 0 0 0 mbar
The third position is highlighted in black and can now be edited.
4 5 0 0 . 0 0 0 mbar
1. Switch to the "" symbol with the key.
2. Use to save the new value and exit the editing mode. See next graphic.
5 5 0 . 0 0 0 mbar
The new value for the upper range value is 50.0 mbar (0.75 psi).
– You exit the edit mode for the parameter with .– You can get back to the editing mode with or .
6 5 . 0 0 0 mbar
Pos. zero adjust 007 Operation
1 Abort The pressure for position adjustment is present at the device.
Confirm
2 Confirm Use or to switch to the "Confirm" option. The active option is highlighted in black.
Abort
3 Compensation accepted!
Accept the pressure present as position adjustment with the key. The device confirms the adjustment and goes back to the "Pos. zero adjust" parameter.
4 Abort Exit the edit mode for the parameter with .
Confirm
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
54 Endress+Hauser
6.3.4 Operation via FieldCareFieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With FieldCare, you can configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as devices from other manufacturers that support the FDT standard. Hard- and software requirements can be found on the Internet: www.endress.com → Search for: FieldCare → FieldCare → Technical data.
FieldCare supports the following functions:• Configuration of transmitters in online/offline mode• Loading and saving device data (upload/download): see "Download select." parameter ä 129 in the operating menu or via Physical Block ä 165.
• Documentation of the measuring point• Offline parametrization of transmitters
• In "Level expert" measuring mode, the configuration data which were generated by FDT upload cannot be saved back again (FDT download); they are used solely to document the configuration.
• Further information on FieldCare can be found on the Internet (http://www.endress.com, Download Search for: FieldCare).
• As not all internal device dependencies can be mapped in offline operation, the consistency of the parameters must be checked before the parameters are transmitted to the device. The DIP switches must be set to the as-delivered state for this purpose (see Figure ä 46). When commissioning for the first time, "Download select." must be set to "Device replacement".
6.3.5 Locking/unlocking operationOnce you have entered all the parameters, you can lock your entries against unauthorized and undesired access.Locked operation is indicated as follows:• By the symbol on the onsite display• The parameters are grayed out in FieldCare and the handheld terminal, which means they
cannot be edited. Indicated in the corresponding "Lockstate" parameter.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. "Language (000)", can still be altered.
If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of the operating menu, you can only unlock operation again using the operating menu.
The "Operator code (021)" parameter is used to lock and unlock the device.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 55
The release code is defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter.
Parameter name Description
Operator code (021)Entry
Menu path:Setup Extended setup Operator code
Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
User input: • To lock: Enter a number the release code (value range: 1 to 9999).• To unlock: Enter the release code.
The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter.If the user has forgotten the release code, the release code can be visible by entering the number "5864".
Factory setting:0
Parameter name Description
Code definition (023)Entry
Menu path:Setup Extended setup Code definition
Use this function to enter a release code with which the device can be unlocked.
User input: • A number between 0 and 9999
Factory setting:0
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
56 Endress+Hauser
6.3.6 Resetting to factory settings (reset)By entering a certain code, you can completely, or partially, reset the entries for the parameters to the factory settings ("Enter reset code (124)"1)). Enter the code by means of the "Enter reset code (124)" parameter (menu path: "Diagnosis" "Reset" "Enter reset code (124)").There are various reset codes for the device. The following table illustrates which parameters are reset by the particular reset codes. Operation must be unlocked to reset parameters ( ä 54).
Any customer-specific configuration carried out at the factory is not affected by a reset (customer-specific configuration remains). If you want to change the customer-specific configuration carried out at the factory, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
1) The default value for the individual parameters is indicated in the parameter description ( ä 127 ff)
Reset code1)
1) To be entered in "Diagnosis" "Reset" "Enter reset code (124)"
Description and effect
62 PowerUp reset (warm start)‣ The device is restarted.‣ Data are read back anew from the EEPROM (processor is initialized again).‣ Any simulation which may be running is ended.
333 User reset‣ This code resets all the parameters apart from:
– Device tag (022)– Operating hours (162)– Lo trim sensor (131)– Hi trim sensor (132)– Event logbook– Linearization table
‣ Any simulation which may be running is ended.‣ The device is restarted.
7864 Total reset‣ This code resets all the parameters apart from:
– Operating hours (162)– Lo trim sensor (131)– Hi trim sensor (132)– Event logbook
‣ Any simulation which may be running is ended.‣ The device is restarted.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 57
6.4 PROFIBUS PA communication protocol
6.4.1 System architecture
A0030183
Fig. 26: PROFIBUS system architecture
1 PC with PROFIBUS interface card (Profiboard/Proficard) and FieldCare operating program (Class 2 master)2 PLC (Class 1 master)3 Segment coupler (DP/PA signal converter and bus power supply)4 Additional devices and adjusters such as valves, for example5 PROFIBUS PA terminating resistor
Further information on PROFIBUS PA is provided in the Operating Instructions BA00034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning", the PNO Guideline and the IEC 61158, IEC 61784, EN 50170/DIN 19245 and EN 50020 standards (FISCO model).
6.4.2 Number of devices• Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements specified by the FISCO model.• Due to the low current consumption, the following can be operated at one bus segment
when installation is performed according to FISCO– Up to 8 devices for EEx ia, CSA and FM IS applications– Up to 31 devices in all other applications, e.g. in non hazardous areas, EEx nA etc.
The maximum number of measuring devices at one bus segment is defined by their current consumption, the performance of the bus coupler, and the required bus length.
6.4.3 OperationYou can obtain special configuration and operating programs from various manufacturers for the configuration, such as the FieldCare operating program from Endress+Hauser ( ä 54, "Operation via FieldCare"). This operating program makes it possible to configure the PROFIBUS PA and device-specific parameters. The predefined function blocks allow uniform access to network and device data.
T
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS PA
Cerabar M/Deltapilot MDeltabar M
1 2
5
4
3
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
58 Endress+Hauser
6.4.4 Identification number of the deviceThe "Ident number sel (229)" parameter allows users to modify the identification number.The identification number (Ident number (Ident_Number)) must support the following settings:
The "Automatic Identification Number Selection" (value = 127) for Profile 3.02 is described in Section "Smart device management (automatic smart device management)". The choice of identification number affects the status and diagnostic messages ("Classic" or "Condensed"). "Old" identification numbers work with the "Classic" status and old diagnostic messages.New identification numbers only work with the "Condensed" status and new diagnostic messages. Depending on the configuration data of the user or the behavior selected in the physical "Cond.status diag" block parameter, the profile identification number works with either the "Condensed" or "Classic" status.The identification number can only be changed if no cyclic communication is taking place with the device.Cyclic data transmission and the corresponding identification number of the device remain the same until cyclic transmission is aborted and reestablished or the device is shut down. When reestablishing cyclic data transmission the device uses the last value of the "Ident number sel" parameter. The choice of identification number also determines how many modules are assigned during cyclic communication. All blocks are internally instantiated in advance for all the devices but only the configured modules can be accessed depending on the entries in the device master data.
Table of the function blocks:
Values for "Ident number sel" Description
0 "0x9700"
Profile-specific identification number V3.02 with the "Classic" or "Condensed" status.
1"0x1553", "0x1554", "0x1555"
Manufacturer-specific identification number (V3.02).Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
127"Auto. identification number (Auto.Id.Num.)"
Device adaptation mode (the device can communicate using a variety of identification numbers), see "Smart device management" (automatic smart device management).
128"0x1503", "0x151C"
Manufacturer-specific identification number (V3.00).Deltapilot M, Cerabar M
"Ident number sel" parameter
0(Profile-specific)
128(Old identification number)
127(Auto. identification number)
1(New identification number)
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
3 blocks (PB,TB,AI)
3 blocks (PB,TB,AI)
Depends on the identification number automatically selected.
6 blocks (PB,TB,AI1, AI2,DAO_EH1, DAO_EH2)
1 module(1xAI)
3 modules(2xAI, 1xAO)
4 modules(2xAI, 2xDAO_EH)
Deltabar M 3 blocks(PB,TB,AI)
... Depends on the identification number automatically selected.
7 blocks (PB,TB,AI1, AI2,DAO_EH1,DAO_EH2,TOT)
1 module(1xAI)
... 5 modules(2xAI, 2xDAO_EH, 1xTOT)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 59
If the device is configured with an old identification number (0x151C), then it automatically switches to the pressure measurement mode (Pressure). The level measuring mode (Level) is not supported in an old pressure measuring device of the Cerabar M series (0x151C).
Table of the identification numbers:
Smart device management (automatic smart device management)
Smart PA device management is performed by automatically adapting the device identification number. This makes it possible to replace old devices with new models without having to modify the PLC, allowing the transition from an installed device technology to a more sophisticated technology without interrupting the process. With the "Automatic Identification Number Selection" option, the device behavior and rules (diagnostics, cyclic communication etc.) remain the same as those for a static identification number. The identification number is selected automatically depending on the recognized request frame -"Set Slave Parameter" or "Set Slave Address".It is permitted to change the identification number in two specific device transition states, namely after Set Slave Address (SAP 55) and after Set Slave Parameter (SAP 61), and only if the identification number is listed in the table above.If the identification number is undefined and the selector is set to "automatic", following a "Get Slave Diagnose" frame the device returns an identification number diagnostic value which is compatible with the device. After every new "Get Slave Diagnose" frame, the device returns another identification number that is compatible with the device until the PLC sends a "Set Slave Address" or "Set Slave Parameter" frame with a known identification number.
Identification number Selection text Status Diagnosis
Value for "Ident number sel"
Cerabar M Deltabar M Deltapilot M Cerabar M Deltabar M Deltapilot M
0(Profile-specific 3.x)
0x9700 0x9700 0x9700 0x9700 0x9700 0x9700 Classic status / Condensed status
Old diagnostic messages /New diagnostic messages
128(Old identification number)
0x151C ... 0x1503 0x151C ... 0x1503 Classic status Old diagnostic messages
127(Adaptation mode)
0x1553 /0x151C/0x9700
0x1554 / 0x9700
0x1555 / 0x1503/0x9700
Auto. identification number
Auto. identification number
Auto. identification number
Depends on ident numbers
Depends on ident numbers
1(New identification number)
0x1553 0x1554 0x1555 0x1553 0x1554 0x1555 Condensed status New diagnostic messages
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
60 Endress+Hauser
6.4.5 Device identification and addressingPlease note the following:• An address must be assigned to each PROFIBUS PA device. The control system/master can
only recognize the device if the address is set correctly.• Each address can only be assigned once in any PROFIBUS PA network.• Device addresses in the range from 0 to 125 are valid.• The address "126" configured at the factory can be used for functional device testing and
to connect to a PROFIBUS PA network already in operation. This address must be changed subsequently to add additional devices.
• On leaving the factory, all devices are delivered with the default address 126 and software addressing.
• The FieldCare operating program is delivered with the default address 1.
There are two ways to assign the device address to a Cerabar/Deltabar/Deltapilot:• Via an operating program of the DP Class 2 master, such as FieldCare or• Onsite via DIP switches.
A0030184
Fig. 27: Setting the device address via DIP switches
1 If necessary, remove onsite display (optional)2 Set the hardware address via the DIP switches
Hardware addressing
A hardware address is set as follows:
1. Set the DIP switch 8 (SW/HW) to "Off".
2. Set the address with DIP switches 1 to 7.
3. The change of address takes effect after 10 seconds. The device is restarted.
Software addressing
A software address is set as follows:
1. Set the DIP switch 8 (SW/HW) to "On" (factory setting).
2. The device is restarted.
3. The device reports its current address. Factory setting: 126
4. Set the address via the configuration program. See the next section for information on how to enter a new address via FieldCare.For other operating programs, see the corresponding operating manual.
E+–
1 2
on:P2=delta p
only High off:SW
12345
off:SWon:Ö
on
off
dampnot used
Address
SW
HW
Zero
on
off
Display
2 3 4 5 6 7 81
on
off
Address
SW
HW
2 + 8 = 10
DIP switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Value when set to "On" 1 2 4 8 16 32 64
Value when set to "Off" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 61
Setting a new address via FieldCare. DIP switch 8 (SW/HW) is set to "On" (SW):
1. Select the Profibus DP communication DTM "PROFIdtm DPV1" via the menu "Device operation" → "Add device".
2. Click the mouse once to select the Profibus DP communication DTM and via the "Tools" menu, select → "Scanning tools" → "Create network". The network is scanned and a device previously connected reports with an active address (e.g. 126: default address).
3. The device must be disconnected from the bus to be able to assign a new address to the device. For this purpose, go to the "Device operation" menu and select "Disconnect".
4. Click the mouse once to select the Profibus DP communication DTM and via the "Device operation" menu, select → "Device functions" → "Additional functions" → "Set device station address". The "ProfiDTM DPV1 (Set device station address)" screen is displayed. Enter the old and new address and select "Set" to confirm. The new address is assigned to the device.
5. Click the mouse once to select the Profibus DP communication DTM and via the "Device operation" menu, select → "Device functions" → "Additional functions" → "Edit DTM station addresses...". The "PROFIdtm DPV1 (Edit DTM station addresses...)" screen is displayed. Enter the device address previously configured and select "Apply" to confirm. The new address is assigned to the device.
6. Click the mouse once to select the device DTM. The device is operated online via "Device operation" → "Connect".
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
62 Endress+Hauser
6.4.6 System integration
Device master data (GSD files)
The device is ready for system integration following commissioning via the Class 2 master (FieldCare). To integrate the field devices into the bus system, the PROFIBUS PA system requires a description of the device, such as the device ID, identification number (Ident_Number), supported communication features, module structure (combination of cyclic input/output telegrams) and the meaning of the diagnostic bits.These data are found in a device master file (GSD file) which is made available to the PROFIBUS DP master (e.g. PLC) when the communication system is being commissioned.In addition, it is also possible to integrate device bit maps which appear as icons in the network tree structure.
The following versions of the GSD are possible when using devices that support the "PA devices" profile:• Deltapilot M:
– Manufacturer-specific GSD, identification number (Ident_Number): 0x1555:This GSD ensures the complete and unrestricted functionality of the field device. All the device-specific process parameters and functions are available.
– Manufacturer-specific GSD, identification number: 0x1503:The device behaves like a Deltapilot S DB50, DB50L, DB51, DB52, DB53.See Operating Instructions BA00164F.
• Deltabar M:– Manufacturer-specific GSD, identification number (Ident_Number): 0x1554:
This GSD ensures the complete and unrestricted functionality of the field device. All the device-specific process parameters and functions are available.
• Cerabar M:– Manufacturer-specific GSD, identification number (Ident_Number): 0x1553:
This GSD ensures the complete and unrestricted functionality of the field device. All the device-specific process parameters and functions are available.
– Manufacturer-specific GSD, identification number: 0x15C1:The device behaves like a Cerabar M PMC41, PMC45, PMP41, PMP45, PMP46, PMP48. See Operating Instructions BA00222P.
• Profile GSD:As an alternative to the manufacturer-specific GSD, the PNO makes available a general database file called PA139700.gsd for devices with an Analog Input Block. This file supports transmission of the primary value. The transmission of a 2nd cyclic value or a display value is not supported. If a system is commissioned with the profile GSDs, devices of different manufacturers can be exchanged.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 63
The following device master files (GSD) can be used:
The factory setting for the "Ident number sel" parameter is "Auto.Id.Num" (adaptation mode). The adaptation mode allows automatic identification/integration into the control system.The "Ident number sel" parameter can only be changed if the device is not included in cyclic communication (not commissioned in the PLC) or if cyclic communication of the PLC is set to "Stop". If an attempt is nevertheless made to change the parameter via a configuration software program, such as FieldCare, the entry is ignored.
The device master data (GSD files) for Endress+Hauser devices can be acquired as follows:• Internet Endress+Hauser: http://www.de.endress.com Download Search for "GSD"• Internet PNO: http://www.profibus.com (Products – Product Guide)• On CD-ROM from Endress+Hauser, order number: 56003894
The profile device master data (GSD files) of the PNO can be acquired as follows:• Internet PNO: http://www.profibus.com (Products – Profile GSD Library)
Name of the device
Comments Identification number (Ident_Number) 1)
GSD Type file Bitmap
All Profile GSD 0x9700 PA139700.gsd
Deltapilot M PROFIBUS PA
Device-specific GSD 0x1555 2) EH3x1555.gsd EH_1555_d.bmp/.dibEH_1555_n.bmp/.dibEH_1555_s.bmp/.dip
Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Deltapilot S DB50, DB50L, DB51, DB52, DB53. See Operating Instructions BA00164F.
0x1503 ) EH3_1503.gsdEH3x1503.gsd
EH31503x.200 EH_1503_d.bmp/.dibEH_1503_n.bmp/.dibEH_1503_s.bmp/.dip
Deltabar M PROFIBUS PA
Device-specific GSD 0x1554 ) EH3x1554.gsd EH_1554_d.bmp/.dibEH_1554_n.bmp/.dibEH_1554_s.bmp/.dip
Cerabar M PROFIBUS PA
Device-specific GSD 0x1553 ) EH3x1553.gsd EH_1553_d.bmp/.dibEH_1553_n.bmp/.dibEH_1553_s.bmp/.dip
Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Cerabar M PMC41, PMC45, PMP41, PMP45, PMP46, PMP48. See Operating Instructions BA00222P.
0x151C ) EH3_151C.gsdEH3x151C.gsd
EH3151Cx.200 EH_151C_d.bmp/.dibEH_151C_n.bmp/.dibEH_151C_s.bmp/.dip
1) Use the "Ident number sel" parameter to select the appropriate identification number Menu path in FieldCare/onsite display: Setup Extended setup or Expert Communication PB-PA config
2) Each device is given an identification number by the PROFIBUS user organization (PNO). The name of the GSD file is derived from this number. For Endress+Hauser, this identification number begins with the manufacturer ID "15xx".
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
64 Endress+Hauser
Directory tree of the GSD files for Endress+HauserAll the data required to commission Endress+Hauser field devices with a PROFIBUS PA interface are contained in a single compressed file. Once unpacked, this file has the following structure:
• Revision x.x stands for the specific device version.• The "Info" folder contains information on implementing the field transmitters and any
dependencies in the device software. Read this information carefully before commissioning.
• The "BMP" and "DIB" folders contain device-specific bitmaps which can be used depending on the configuration software.
Working with the device master data (GSD files)The device master data (GSD files) must be integrated into a specific subdirectory of the PROFIBUS DP configuration software of the PLC used. Depending on the software used, these data can be either copied to the program-specific directory or imported into the database using an import function in the configuration software.More information on the directories to which the device master data (GSD files) are to be saved is provided in the description of the specific configuration software used.
Cerabar_M/PA/Profile3/Revision1.0/ BMP/ Eh1553_d.bmp
Eh1553_n.bmp
Eh1553_s.bmp
DIB/ Eh1553_d.dib
Eh1553_n.dib
Eh1553_s.dib
GSD/ Eh3x1553.gsd
Info/ Liesmich.pdf
Readme.pdf
Deltabar_M/PA/Profile3/Revision1.0/ BMP/ Eh1554_d.bmp
Eh1554_n.bmp
Eh1554_s.bmp
DIB/ Eh1554_d.dib
Eh1554_n.dib
Eh1554_s.dib
GSD/ Eh3x1554.gsd
Info/ Liesmich.pdf
Readme.pdf
Deltapilot_M/PA/Profile3/Revision1.0/ BMP/ Eh1555_d.bmp
Eh1555_n.bmp
Eh1555_s.bmp
DIB/ Eh1555_d.dib
Eh1555_n.dib
Eh1555_s.dib
GSD/ Eh3x1555.gsd
Info/ Liesmich.pdf
Readme.pdf
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 65
6.4.7 Cyclic data exchange
Block model
A0030191
Fig. 28: The block model shows what data can be transmitted between the measuring device and the Class 1 master (e.g. PLC) during cyclic data exchange. Using the configuration software of your PLC, you can configure the cyclic data telegram via modules (see also this chapter, "Modules for the cyclic data diagram" section). The parameters written in upper-case are parameters in the operating program (e.g. PLC) via which you can make settings for the cyclic data telegram or show values on the screen (see also this chapter, "Description of parameters" section).
Analog Input Block 1 (AI)
Analog Input Block 2 (AI)
Totalizer Block (TOT)
Analog Output Block 2
Analog Output Block 1
Transducer BlockAdjusting the measured value
Masterclass 1e.g.PLC
Measured variable
SensorSignal evaluation
Displaywith bargraph
Physical BlockDevice-specific characteristics,e.g. so�ware revision
Primary Value (PV)
Channel selection
Channel
Channel
Primary Value (PV)
Meas. pressure
Primary Value (PV)/Secondary value/Ext. value 1/Ext. value 2
Level before lin
Ext. value 1
Temperature
Totalizer 2
Flow
Ext. value 2
Ext. value 1
Display mode
Out Value (OUT)
Out Value (OUT)
Value
Value
Value
Value
Status
Status
Status
Status
Out Value (OUT)
Out Value (OUT)
Totalizer 1 (TOTAL)
Input Value (IN)
Input Value (IN)
Value
Value
Value Status
Status
Status
(Cerabar M/Deltapilot M)
(DAO_EH)
(DAO_EH)
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
66 Endress+Hauser
Function blocks
PROFIBUS uses predefined function blocks to describe the function blocks of a device and to define standard data access.
The following blocks are implemented:• Physical Block:
The Physical Block contains device-specific features such as the device type, manufacturer, version etc. as well as functions such as write protection management and identification number changeover (Ident_Number)
• Transducer Block:The Transducer Block contains all the measuring and device-specific parameters of the device.– Cerabar M and Deltapilot M:
The Transducer Block contains the pressure measuring principle for use as a pressure and level transmitter.
– Deltabar M:The Transducer Block contains the differential pressure measuring principle for use as a pressure, flow and level transmitter.
• Analog Input Block (function block):The Analog Input Block contains the signal processing functions of the measured value, such as scaling, special function calculations, simulation etc.The following graphic illustrates the structure of the standard Analog Input Block:
• Totalizer Block (function block) (Deltabar M):The Totalizer Block contains the signal processing functions of the measured value to be totalized, such as flow, scaling, special function calculations, simulation etc. The following graphic illustrates the structure of the standard Totalizer Block:
Status
Analog Input Function Block
FailSafe
LimitCheck
Man
Auto
O/S
Simulate Status
Output (OUT)
Output (OUT)
From Operator
From Operator
Value Status
Value StatusValue
To Master
e. g. PLC
Status
Primary Value (PV)of device (Channel)
(OUT)
Function blockAlgorythm
Target modeMode
Value
Mode and statushandling
Valueandstatus
switched
class 1
Output
Status
FailSafe
LimitCheck
Man
Auto
O/S
Totalizer Function Block
Status
From Operator
From Operator
From Operator /
Value Status
Value Status
Value
To Master
e. g. PLC
Status
Primary process
Function blockAlgorythm
Target modeMode
Value
Mode and statushandling
class 1
Totalizer(TOTAL)
Totalizer 1 (TOTAL)
Remote OperationTotalizer 1 mode
Totalizer 1 (TOTAL)
Totalizer 1 value
value (PV) of device
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 67
• Analog Output Block (function block)The DAO_EH Block is an Analog Output Block specific to Endress+Hauser which is used to transmit external values from the PLC to the device and show them on the display. The block contains the signal processing functions that process the external value (IN) into the output value (Out Value). The following graphic illustrates the structure of the Endress+Hauser-specific Analog Output Block:
Description of parameters
Status
Man
Auto
O/S
Status
DAO_EH Analog Output Function Block
Output
Output
From Operator
From Operator
From Operator
Value
Value
Status
Status
Value Status
Function blockAlgorythm
Target mode
Unit
Channel
ModeMode and statushandling
Output
From master class 1
To device
Input value
Parameter name Description
Output value (Out Value)(Analog Input Block 1)
This parameter displays the digital Output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block 1. The channel selection (channel entry) is permanently linked to the primary value.Menu path in FieldCare:Expert Communication Analog input 1 AI parameterMenu path for onsite display:Expert Communication Analog input 1
Output value (Out Value)(Analog Input Block 2)
This parameter displays the digital Output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block. The following device measured values are linked via the channel entry.In the case of Cerabar M and Deltapilot M: "Meas. pressure", "Level before lin" and temperatureIn the case of Deltabar M: "Meas. pressure", "Level before lin", and totalizer 1Menu path in FieldCare:Expert Communication Analog input 2 AI parameterMenu path for onsite display:Expert Communication Analog input 2
Totalizer 1 (Totalizer Block) (Deltabar M)
This parameter displays the digital Output value (Out Value) of the Totalizer Block. The channel selection (channel entry) is permanently linked to the flow measured value. Menu path in FieldCare:Expert Communication Totalizer 1 TOT parameterMenu path for onsite display:Expert Communication Totalizer 1
Input value (IN Value)(Analog Output Block 1)
The PLC sends this value to the device. The channel selection (channel) is permanently linked to the Ext. value 1. The "Ext. value 1" can be displayed on the onsite display (see this table, Display mode).Menu path in FieldCare:Expert Communication Analog output 1 AO parameterExpert Communication Physical Block PB parameter Display valueMenu path for onsite display:Expert Communication Analog output 1
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
68 Endress+Hauser
Modules for the cyclic data diagram
The following modules are available in the measuring device for the cyclic data diagram:• Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input Block 1)
Depending on the measuring mode selected, a pressure, flow or level value is transmitted here.
• Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input Block 2)Depending on the option selected, the measured pressure, level before linearization, sensor temperature or a totalizer 2 value is transmitted here.
• Totalizer 1 (Totalizer Block) (Deltabar M)Depending on the flow measuring mode selected, the totalizer 1 value is transmitted here.
• Input value (IN Value) (Analog Output Block 1)This can be any value which is transmitted by the PLC to the device. This value can also be shown on the onsite display (Ext. value 1).
• Input value (IN Value) (Analog Output Block 2)This can be any value which is transmitted by the PLC to the device. This value can also alternate with another value on the onsite display (Ext. value 2) or be used to calculate the differential pressure.
• FREE PLACESelect this empty module if a value should not be used in the data telegram.
Input Value (IN Value)(Analog Output 2)
The PLC sends this value to the device. The channel selection (channel) is permanently linked to the Ext. value 2. The "Ext. value 2" can be shown on the onsite display (see this table, Display mode).This channel is used by Cerabar M and Deltapilot M to display and/or transmit the calculated electrical differential pressure. In the case of Deltabar M, it is used for display purposes only (external temperature, top pressure).Menu path in FieldCare:Expert Communication Analog output 2 AO parameterMenu path for onsite display: Expert Communication Analog output 2Menu path for onsite display: and FieldCareExpert Application
Display mode Use this parameter to specify whether the main value or the Ext. value 1 should be displayed or whether the display should alternate between these values and the Ext. value 2. The appropriate modules (DAO_EH) must be cyclically configured to display the external values from the PLC in alternating mode.Menu path in FieldCare:Display/operat. Menu path for onsite display:Display/operat.
Options:• Main value only: the main value is shown on the onsite display.• Ext. value 1 only: a value from the PLC is shown on the onsite display (see å 28).
• All alternating: the display alternates between the main value, Ext. value 1 and Ext. value 2. A value previously configured via "Add. disp. value" also alternates with the other values on the display.
Deltapilot M/Cerabar M example for the "Ext. value 1" option:• Two Deltapilot M or two Cerabar M devices measure the drop in pressure over a
filter. The differential pressure is calculated in the PLC. Using the "Ext. value 1" option, assign this calculated value to the onsite display.
Deltabar M example for the "Ext. value 1" option:• One Deltabar M device measures a volume flow. The temperature and the
pressure are also measured simultaneously at the measuring point. All these measured values are fed to a PLC. The PLC calculates the steam mass from the volume flow, temperature and pressure measured values. Using the "Ext. value 1" option, assign this calculated value to the onsite display.
Factory setting:• Main value only
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 69
Structure of the output data PLC
Using the Data_Exchange service, a PLC can write output data to the device in the call telegram. The cyclic data telegram has the following structure:
Structure of the input data measuring device - PLC
Using the Data_Exchange service, a PLC can read input data from the device in the response telegram. The cyclic data telegram has the following structure:
Status codes
The Cerabar M, Deltapilot M and Deltabar M devices support the "Condensed Status" function as defined in the PNO specification. However, the "Classic" status is also supported to ensure compatibility with older devices in the M series and due to the profile-specific identification number (Profile Specific Ident. Number).
The status type is selected depending on the device identification number:• The "Classic" status is enabled if the identification number (Ident number) is set to 0x151C
(Cerabar M PMC4x, PMP4x) / 0x1503 (Deltapilot S DB5x) / 0x9700 (specific identification number for Profile 3.x).
• The "Condensed" status is enabled if the identification number (Ident number) is set to 0x1553 (Cerabar M s1)/0x1554 (Deltabar M s1) /0x1555 (Deltapilot M s1) / 0x9700 (specific identification number for Profile 3.02).
If the profile identification number is selected, the status type can be set via the "Cond.status diag" parameter.The "Condensed" and/or "Classic" status and their current active states are displayed by the "Physical Block" in the "Feature" parameter.The measuring device supports the following status codes for the Output value parameters of the Analog Input Blocks and the Totalizer Block:
Index Output data Data access Data format/comments
0, 1, 2, 3 Input value (IN Value) (Analog Output 1) Write 32 bit floating point number (IEEE 754)
4 Input status (IN Status) (Analog Output 1) Write See "Status codes" section
5, 6, 7, 8 Input value (IN Value) (Analog Output 2) Write 32 bit floating point number (IEEE 754)
9 Input status (IN Status) (Analog Output 2) Write See "Status codes" section
Index Input data Data access Data format/comments
0, 1, 2, 3 Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 1) Read 32 bit floating point number (IEEE 754)
4 Output status (Out Status) (Analog Input 1) Read See "Status codes" section
5, 6, 7, 8 Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 2) Read 32 bit floating point number (IEEE 754)
9 Output status (Out Status) (Analog Input 2) Read See "Status codes" section
10, 11, 12, 13 Totalizer 1 value (Totalizer) (Deltabar M) Read 32 bit floating point number (IEEE 754)
14 Totalizer 1 status (Totalizer) (Deltabar M) Read See "Status codes" section
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
70 Endress+Hauser
Classic status
Status code Device state Meaning Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 1)
Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 2)
Totalizer 1 (Totalizer (Deltabar M))
0000 0000 BAD Not specific X1) X) -
0000 0100 BAD Configuration error (e.g. adjustment not performed correctly)
X) X) X
0000 1100 BAD Device error X) X) X
0001 0000 BAD Sensor error X) X) -
0001 1100 BAD Out of service (Target mode) X X X
0100 0000 UNCERTAIN Not specific X X X
0100 0100 UNCERTAIN Last valid value (Fail safe mode =1)
X X X
0100 1000 UNCERTAIN Substitute value (Fail safe mode = 0) X X X
0100 1100 UNCERTAIN Initial value (Fail safe mode = 1) X X X
0101 1000 UNCERTAIN Abnormal X X X
0101 1100 UNCERTAIN Configuration error (e.g. linearization table not monotonic increasing)
X X X
0101 0011 UNCERTAIN Sensor calibration - constant X X X
0101 0010 UNCERTAIN Sensor calibration - limit value exceeded X X X
0101 0010 UNCERTAIN Sensor calibration - limit value undershot X X X
0101 0000 UNCERTAIN Sensor calibration X X X
0110 0000 UNCERTAIN Simulation value X X X
1000 0000 GOOD Good X X X
1000 1000 GOOD Warning limit X X X
1000 1001 GOOD Warning limit - limit value exceeded X X X
1000 1010 GOOD Warning limit - limit value undershot X X X
1000 1100 GOOD Alarm limit X X X
1000 1101 GOOD Alarm limit - limit value exceeded X X X
1000 1110 GOOD Alarm limit - limit value undershot X X X
1) Only if the analog input failure behavior = 2 ("Status BAD")
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 71
Condensed status
The main reason for implementing the "Condensed" status mode in the Profibus PA Profile 3.02 is to clarify the diagnostic events resulting from use in the PCS/DCS and in the operating station. Furthermore, this functionality also implements the requirements of NE 107.
The following "Condensed" status codes are configured via the device.
Status code1) Device state Meaning Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 1)
Output value (Out Value) (Analog Input 2)
Totalizer 1 (Totalizer (Deltabar M))
0010 01xx BAD2) Maintenance alarm, advanced diagnostics present
X X X
0010 10xx BAD ) Process error, no maintenance required X3) X) X4)
0011 11xx BAD ) Function check / local override X) X) X
0010 0011 BAD ) Switch off X X X
0111 1011 UNCERTAIN Process error, no maintenance required - limit value constant
X X X
0111 1010 UNCERTAIN Process error, no maintenance required - limit value exceeded
X X X
0111 1001 UNCERTAIN Process error, no maintenance required - limit value undershot
X X X
0111 1000 UNCERTAIN Process error, no maintenance required X X X
0110 10xx UNCERTAIN Maintenance required X X X
0100 1011 UNCERTAIN Substitute value X X X
0100 1111 UNCERTAIN Initial value X
0111 0011 UNCERTAIN Simulated value, start X X X
0111 0100 UNCERTAIN Simulated value, end X X X
1000 0000 GOOD Good X X X
1011 1100 GOOD Function check X X X
1) Variable x: 0 or 1
2) See Chap. 11.2.1
3) Only if the analog input failure behavior = 2 ("Status BAD")
4) Only if the "Total. 1 failsafe" parameter is set to 1 ("Hold") or 0 ("Run")
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
72 Endress+Hauser
6.4.8 Acyclic data exchangeAcyclic data exchange is used:• To transmit commissioning or maintenance parameters• To display measured variables that are not part of the cyclic data diagram.
Using the acyclic data exchange function, device parameters can be modified even when the device is involved in cyclic data exchange with a PLC.
There are two kinds of acyclic data exchange:• Acyclic communication via the C2 channel (MS2)• Acyclic communication via the C1 channel (MS1)
Acyclic communication via the C2 channel (MS2)
During communication via the C2 channel, a master opens a communication channel via a service access point (SAP) in order to access the device. A master that supports acyclic communication via the C2 channel is known as a Class 2 master. FieldCare, for example, is a Class 2 master.All the device parameters must be made known to the master before data can be exchanged via PROFIBUS.
The following options are available here:• A configuration program in the master which accesses the parameters via slot and index
addresses (e.g. FieldCare)• A software component (DTM: device type manager)
The DTM can be found on the FieldCare CD.
Restrictions:• The number of SAPs available will determine the number of Class 2 masters that can
simultaneously communicate with a device. The device supports MS2 communication with two SAPs. Ensure that multiple masters do not write-access the same data as the consistency of the data cannot be guaranteed if this occurs.
• The use of the C2 channel for acyclic data exchange increases the cycle times of the bus system. This must be taken into account when programming the control system or controller.
Acyclic communication via the C1 channel (MS1)
During acyclic communication via the C1 channel, a master which is already communicating cyclically with the device opens an additional acyclic communication channel via the SAP 0x33 (special SAP for MS1). It can then acyclically read or write the parameters via the slot and index addresses like a Class 2 master. The device supports MS1 communication with one SAP.
NOTICEThe memory modules are only designed for a limited number of writes.Parameters written acyclically are saved as persistent data to the memory modules (e.g. EEPROM, Flash). The memory modules are only designed for a limited number of writes. The device does not even come close to reaching this maximum number of writes during normal operation without MS1 (during configuration). However, this number can be quickly exceeded if the device is incorrectly programmed. This reduces the service life of the device dramatically.‣ In the application program, avoid permanently writing parameters, such as for every
program cycle.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 73
6.4.9 Slot/index tablesThe device parameters are listed in the following tables. The parameters can be accessed via the slot and index numbers. The individual blocks each contain standard parameters, block parameters and manufacturer-specific parameters.If you use FieldCare as the operating program, input screens are available as the user interface.
General explanatory remarks
Object type• Record: contains data structures (DS)• Array: group of a specific data type• Simple: contains individual data types, e.g. Float
Data type• DS: data structure, contains data types such as Unsigned8, OctetString etc.• Float: IEEE 754 format• Integer:
– Integer8: value range = –128 to 127– Integer16: value range = 32768 to –32767– Integer32: value range = –231... (231–1)
• OctetString: binary encoded• VisibleString: ASCII encoded• Unsigned:
– Unsigned8: value range = 0 to 255– Unsigned16: value range = 0 to 65535– Unsigned32: value range = 0 to 4294967295
Storage Class • Cst: constant parameter• D: dynamic parameter• N: nonvolatile parameter• S: static parameter
Physical Block
Parameter Slot Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class Read Write PagePhysical Block Standard Parameters
Block object 0 16 Record DS-32 20 Cst x ä 155Static rev. no. 0 17 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 155TAG 0 18 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 155Strategy 0 19 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 156Alert key 0 20 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 156Target mode 0 21 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 156Block mode 0 22 Record DS-37 3 D x ä 156Alarm summary 0 23 Record DS-42 8 D x ä 156Firmware version 0 24 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 156Hardware Rev. 0 25 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 156Manufacturer ID 0 26 Simple Unsigned16 2 Cst x ä 156Device name str. 0 27 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 157Serial number 0 28 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 157Diagnosis 0 29 Simple Unsigned32 4 D x ä 157Diag extension 0 30 Simple OctetString 6 D x ä 157Diag mask 0 31 Simple OctetString 4 Cst x ä 157Diag mask Ex 0 32 Simple OctetString 6 Cst x ä 157Dev. certificat. 0 33 Simple VisibleString 32 Cst x ä 157Write locking 0 34 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x x ä 158Enter reset code 0 35 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 158Additional info. 0 36 Simple OctetString 32 S x x ä 158Message 0 37 Simple OctetString 32 S x x ä 158Install. date 0 38 Simple OctetString 16 S x x ä 158Ident number sel 0 40 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 158Lock switch 0 41 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 158
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
74 Endress+Hauser
Feature 0 42 Record DS-68 8 N x ä 159Cond.status diag 0 43 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 159Physical Block Endress+Hauser Parameters
Diagnostic code 0 54 Record Endress+Hauser-specific
5 D x ä 159
Last diag. code 0 55 Record Endress+Hauser-specific
5 D x ä 159
Bus address 0 59 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 159Set unit to bus 0 61 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 159Ext. value 1 0 62 Record Endress+Hauser-
specific6 D x x ä 160
Profile revision 0 64 Simple VisibleString 32 Cst x ä 160Reset logbook 0 65 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 160Ident number (Ident_Number) 0 66 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x ä 160Check conf. 0 67 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 160Order number 0 69 Simple VisibleString 32 Cst x ä 160Tag location 0 70 Simple VisibleString 22 Cst x x ä 160Signature 0 71 Simple OctetString 54 Cst x x ä 161ENP version 0 72 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 161Device diag. 0 73 Simple OctetString 48 D x ä 161Ext. order code 0 74 Simple VisibleString 60 Cst x ä 161Service locking 0 75 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x x ä 161Up/Dl feature 0 76 Simple Unsigned16 2 Cst x ä 161Updl control 0 77 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 161Updl status 0 78 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 161Updl veri delay 0 79 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 161Up/Dl rev 0 80 Simple Unsigned16 2 Cst x ä 161Config. counter 0 89 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x ä 161Operating hours 0 90 Simple Unsigned32 4 D x ä 161Sim. error no. 0 91 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x x ä 162Sim. messages 0 92 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 162Language 0 93 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 162Device name str. 0 94 Simple Unsigned8 1 Cst x ä 162Display mode 0 95 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 162Add. disp. value 0 96 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 162Format 1st value 0 97 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 162Format 1st value 0 98 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 163Status (Device Status) 0 99 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 163Format ext. val. 2 0 100 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 163Advanced diagnostics 7 (Diag add ext.) 0 101 Record OctetString 6 D x ä 163Diag mask add ext. 0 102 Record OctetString 6 Cst x ä 163Electr. serial no. 0 103 Simple VisibleString 16 Cst x ä 163Diagnostic code 0 104 Simple Array 20 D x ä 163Sw build nr. 0 105 Simple Unsigned16 2 Cst x ä 163Lockstate 0 106 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 163Com.err.counters 0 107 Record Endress+Hauser-
specific10 D x ä 164
Addressing 0 108 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 164Alarm behav. P 0 109 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 164Maintenance instructions 0 110 Simple Array 20 D x ä 164Operator code 0 111 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x x ä 164Format ext. val. 1 0 112 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 164Reset 0 113 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x x ä 164Code definition 0 114 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x x ä 165DIP switch 0 115 Record Endress+Hauser-
specific4 D x ä 165
Last diag. code 0 116 Simple Array 20 D x ä 165Instructions 0 117 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x ä 165Download select. 0 118 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 165PB view 1 0 126 Simple PB_View 17 N x ä 165
Parameter Slot Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class Read Write Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 75
Analog Input Block 1 and Analog Input Block 2
Parameter Slot 1) Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class Read Write PageAnalog Input Block Standard Parameters
Block object 1 / 2 16 Record DS-32 20 Cst x ä 166Static rev. no. 1 / 2 17 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 166TAG 1 / 2 18 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 166Strategy 1 / 2 19 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 166Alert key 1 / 2 20 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 166Target mode 1 / 2 21 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 167Block mode 1 / 2 22 Record DS-37 3 D x ä 167Alarm summary 1 / 2 23 Record DS-42 8 D x ä 167Analog Input Block Parameters
Batch information 1 / 2 24 Record DS-67 10 S x x ä 167Output value (Out Value) 1 / 2 26 Record DS-33 5 D x x2) ä 167Proc value scale 1 / 2 27 Array Float 8 S x x ä 168Output scale 1 / 2 28 Record DS-36 11 S x x ä 168Characterization 1 / 2 29 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 168Channel 1 / 2 30 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 168Filt. time const. 1 / 2 32 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 168Fail safe mode 1 / 2 33 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 169Failsafe default 1 / 2 34 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 169Limit hysteresis 1 / 2 35 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 170Upper limit alarm 1 / 2 37 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 170Upper limit warning 1 / 2 39 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 170Lower limit warning 1 / 2 41 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 171Lower limit alarm 1 / 2 43 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 171Upper limit alarm 1 / 2 46 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 171Upper limit warning 1 / 2 47 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 171Lower limit warning 1 / 2 48 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 171Lower limit alarm 1 / 2 49 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 171Simulate 1 / 2 50 Record DS-50 6 S x x ä 172Unit text 1 / 2 51 Simple OctetString 16 S x x ä 172PV scale unit 1 / 2 61 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 172AI view 1 1 / 2 62 Simple FB_view 18 D x ä 172
1) Analog Input Block 1 = Slot 1; Analog Input Block 2 = Slot 2
2) If "Block mode" current mode = manual (Man)
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
76 Endress+Hauser
Analog Output Block 1 and Analog Output Block 2
Totalizer Block (Deltabar M)
Parameter Slot 1) Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class Read Write PageAnalog Output Block Standard Parameters
Block object 3 / 4 16 Record DS-32 20 Cst x ä 173Static rev. no. 3 / 4 17 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 173TAG 3 / 4 18 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 173Strategy 3 / 4 19 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 173Alert key 3 / 4 20 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 174Target mode 3 / 4 21 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 174Block mode 3 / 4 22 Record DS-37 3 D x ä 174Alarm summary 3 / 4 23 Record DS-42 8 D x ä 174Analog Output Block Parameters
Batch information 3 / 4 24 Record DS-67 10 S x x ä 174Input value 3 / 4 26 Record DS-101 5 D x ä 175Channel 3 / 4 27 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 175Data size 3 / 4 28 Simple Unsigned8 1 Cst x ä 175Data max. size 3 / 4 29 Simple Unsigned8 1 Cst x ä 175Fail safe time 3 / 4 32 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 175Fail safe mode 3 / 4 33 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 175Failsafe default 3 / 4 34 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 175Unit 3 / 4 35 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 176Output value (Out Value) 3 / 4 36 Simple DS-101 5 D x x ä 176AO view 1 3 / 4 39 Simple OctetString 20 D x ä 176
1) Analog Output Block 1 = Slot 3; Analog Output Block 2 = Slot 4
Parameter Slot Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class
Read Write Page
Totalizer Block Standard Parameters
Block object 5 16 Record DS-32 20 Cst x ä 177Static rev. no. 5 17 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 177TAG 5 18 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 177Strategy 5 19 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 177Alert key 5 20 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 177Target mode 5 21 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 178Block mode 5 22 Record DS-37 3 D x ä 178Alarm summary 5 23 Record DS-42 8 D x ä 178Totalizer Block Parameters
Batch information 5 24 Record DS-67 10 S x x ä 178Totalizer 1 5 26 Record DS-36 11 S x x ä 178Eng. unit totalizer 1 5 27 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 178Channel 5 28 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 179Total 1 value 5 29 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 179Totalizer 1 mode 5 30 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 179Total. 1 failsafe 5 31 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 179Preset value 5 32 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 179Limit hysteresis 5 33 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 180Upper limit alarm 5 34 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 180Upper limit warning 5 35 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 180Lower limit warning 5 36 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 180Lower limit alarm 5 37 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 181Upper limit alarm 5 38 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 181Upper limit warning 5 39 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 181Lower limit warning 5 40 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 181Lower limit alarm 5 41 Record DS-39 16 D x ä 181Tot view 1 5 52 Simple OctetString 18 D x ä 181
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 77
Transducer Block
Parameter Slot Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class
Read Write Page
Transducer Block Standard Parameters
Block object 6 16 Record DS-32 20 Cst x ä 182Static rev. no. 6 17 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 182TAG 6 18 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 182Strategy 6 19 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 182Alert key 6 20 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 182Target mode 6 21 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 183Block mode 6 22 Record DS-37 3 D x ä 183Alarm summary 6 23 Record DS-42 8 D x ä 183Sensor pressure 6 24 Simple Float 4 D x ä 183URL sensor 6 25 Simple Float 4 N x ä 183LRL sensor 6 26 Simple Float 4 N x ä 183Hi trim sensor 6 27 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 183Lo trim sensor 6 28 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 183Minimum span 6 29 Simple Float 4 N x ä 183Press. eng. unit 6 30 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x ä 184Corrected press. 6 31 Record DS-33 5 D x ä 184Sensor Meas. Type 6 32 Simple Unsigned16 2 N x ä 184Sensor serial no. 6 33 Simple Unsigned32 4 N x ä 184Primary value 6 34 Record DS-33 5 D x ä 184Primary value unit 6 35 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 184Transmitter type 6 36 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 184Sensor Temp. (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 6 43 Record DS-33 5 D x ä 184Temp. eng. unit. (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 6 44 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 185Value (sec val 1) 6 45 Record DS-33 5 D x ä 185Press. eng. unit 6 46 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 185Value (sec val 2) 6 47 Record DS-33 5 D x ä 185Sec val2 unit 6 48 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 185Characterization 6 49 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 185Measuring range 6 50 Array Float 8 S x x ä 185Working range 6 51 Array Float 8 S x x ä 185Set low-flow cut-off 6 52 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 186Squareroot point 6 53 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 186Tab actual numb 6 54 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 186Line numb.: 6 55 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 186Table max. number 6 56 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 186Table min. number 6 57 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 186Simulation mode 6 58 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 186Status (characteristic) 6 59 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x ä 186Tab xy value 6 60 Array Float 8 D x x ä 187Max. meas. press. 6 61 Simple Float 4 N x x1) ä 187Min. meas. press. 6 62 Simple Float 4 N x x 1 ä 187Transducer Block Endress+Hauser Parameter
Empty calib. (Tr) 6 66 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 187Full calib. 6 67 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 187Pressure Empty/Full 6 68 Array Float 8 N x ä 187Calibration Empty/Full 6 69 Array Float 8 N x ä 187Max. Turndown 6 70 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 187High-press. side 6 71 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 188Reset peakhold 6 72 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 188Measuring mode 6 73 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 188Simulation mode 6 74 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 188Sim. level 6 76 Simple Float 4 D x x ä 189Sim. tank cont. 6 77 Simple Float 4 D x x ä 189Sim. flow (Deltabar M) 6 78 Simple Float 4 D x x ä 189Sim. pressure 6 79 Simple Float 4 D x x ä 189Electr. delta P (Cerabar / Deltapilot) 6 80 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 190Pressure abs range 6 81 Simple Float 4 N x ä 190Lo trim measured 6 82 Simple Float 4 N x x ä 190Hi trim measured 6 83 Simple Float 4 N x x ä 190Pos. zero adjust (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensors)
6 84 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x x ä 190
Calib. offset (absolute pressure sensor) 6 86 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 190
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
78 Endress+Hauser
Damping 6 87 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 190Meas. pressure 6 88 Simple Float 4 D x ä 191Unit before lin. 6 89 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 192Calibration mode 6 90 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 192Height unit 6 91 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 192Density unit 6 92 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x ä 192Adjust density 6 93 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 192Process Density 6 94 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 193Meas. Level 6 95 Simple Float 4 D x ä 193Empty height 6 96 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 193Full height 6 97 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 193Level before lin 6 97 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 193Tank description 6 101 Simple VisibleString 32 S x x ä 193Lin. mode 6 102 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 194Unit after lin. 6 103 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 194Tank content 6 104 Simple Float 4 D x ä 194Empty calib. 6 105 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 194Full calib. 6 106 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 195Tab xy value 6 107 Array Float 8 D x ä 195Edit table 6 108 Simple Unsigned8 1 D x x ä 195Lin tab index 01 6 109 Array Float 8 D x x ä 195... ...Lin tab index 32 6 140 Array Float 8 D x x ä 195Ext. value 2 6 141 Record DS-101 5 D x ä 195Ext.val.2 unit 6 142 Simple Unsigned16 2 D x ä 195Flow type 6 143 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 196Max. flow 6 144 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 196Max. pressure flow 6 145 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 196Flow unit 6 146 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 196Mass flow unit 6 147 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 196Std. flow unit 6 148 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 196Norm. flow unit 6 149 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Flow unit 6 150 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Flow 6 151 Simple Float 4 D x ä 197Totalizer 2 mode 6 153 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 197Totalizer 2 6 154 Simple Float 4 D x x ä 197Eng. unit totalizer 2 6 155 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Totalizer 2 6 156 Simple VisibleString 8 D x ä 197Totalizer 2 overflow 6 157 Simple VisibleString 8 D x ä 198Eng. unit totalizer 2 6 158 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Eng. unit totalizer 2 6 159 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Eng. unit totalizer 2 6 160 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Eng. unit totalizer 2 6 161 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 197Totalizer 1 6 162 Simple VisibleString 8 D x ä 198Totalizer 1 overflow 6 163 Simple VisibleString 8 D x ä 198Total. 2 failsafe 6 164 Simple Unsigned8 1 S x x ä 198Damping 6 165 Simple Float 4 S x ä 198Level selection 6 166 Simple Float 1 S x x ä 198High-press. side 6 167 Simple Unsigned8 1 N x ä 199Fixed ext. value (Cerabar / Deltapilot) 6 168 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 199Empty pressure 6 169 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 199Full pressure 6 170 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 199Pressure af. damp 6 171 Simple Float 4 D x ä 199Calib. Offset 6 172 Simple Float 4 S x x ä 200Sensor temp. 6 173 Simple Float 4 D x ä 200X-value 6 174 Simple Float 4 D x ä 200Sensor serial no. 6 175 Simple VisibleString 16 N x ä 200Totalizer 1 6 176 Simple Float 4 D x ä 200PaTbRangeParameters 6 177 Record X 32 S x x ä 201Eng. unit totalizer 1 6 178 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 201Eng. unit totalizer 1 6 179 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 201Eng. unit totalizer 1 6 180 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 201Eng. unit totalizer 1 6 181 Simple Unsigned16 2 S x x ä 201TB View 1 6 250 Simple OctetString 18 D x ä 201
1) Can only be reset
Parameter Slot Index Object type Data type Size (Byte) Storage Class
Read Write Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 79
6.4.10 Data formatIn PROFIBUS PA, the analog values are cyclically transmitted to the PLC in data blocks that are 5 bytes long. The measured value is represented in the first 4 bytes in the form of floating point numbers in accordance with the IEEE standard. The 5th byte contains standardized status information pertaining to the device.
The measured value is transmitted as an IEEE 754 floating point number as follows:
Measured value = (–1)Sign x 2(E – 127) x (1 + F)
Example40 F0 00 00 hex = 0100 0000 1111 000 000 000 000 0000 binary
Value = (–1)0 x 2(129 –127) x (1 + 2–1 +2–2 +2–3)= 1 x 22 x (1 + 0.5 +0.25 +0.125)= 1 x 4 x 1.875= 7.5
Restrictions:• Not all programmable logic controllers support the IEEE 754 format. In such cases, a
conversion module must be used or written.• Depending on the data management mode (most-significant byte or low significant byte)
used in the PLC (master), the byte sequence may have to be changed (byte swapping routine).
Data structures
A number of data types, e.g. DS-36, are listed in the slot/index table. These data types are data structures, structured in accordance with the PROFIBUS PA Specification, Part 1, Version 3.0. They consist of several elements that are addressed via the slot, index and sub-index:
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5
Measured value as IEEE 754 floating point number Status
D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Sign Exponent (E) Fraction (F)
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 2–1 2–2 2–3 2–4 2–5 2–6 2–7
Fraction (F)
2–8 2–9 2–10 2–11 2–12 2–13 2–14 2–15 2–16 2–17 2–18 2–19 2–20 2–21 2–22 2–23
Parameter name Type Slot Index Element Sub-index Type Size (Byte)
Output value (Out Value) DS-33 1 26 Output value (Out Value) 1 Float 4
Status (Device Status) 5 Unsigned8 1
Parameter name Type Slot Index Element Sub-index Type Size (Byte)
Output scale DS-36 1 28 Upper value 1 Float 4
Lower value 5 Float 4
Unit 9 Unsigned16 2
Decimal point 11 Integer8 1
Operation Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
80 Endress+Hauser
6.4.11 Assignment of the PA profile to internal parameters
As defined in the specification of the Profibus device, the following table describes the influence of the profile parameters on the basic parameters and the assignment of the Transducer Block:
The editing, enabling/disabling and control of the linearization table in the "Level" measuring mode affects the Transducer Block and the internal "Basic" parameters. They have to be assigned to one another to obtain a simple mechanism between the internal and profile configuration.The device only contains one table and the linearization cannot be activated while the table is being edited or if the table is incorrect. We have defined that the "Level" mode must be linear in such instances. The "Characterization Type" parameter (TB_TYPE) must be set to "Linear" as soon as the linearization table is disabled or is being edited or cannot be enabled.
If the level configuration is modified:
1. Using the "Basic" parameters:• Successful modification of the LinearisationTableMode basic parameter ("Lin. mode
(037)") to "Linear" or "Activate table" must update the PA profile parameters. If the linearization table could not be activated due to a mistake in the table, the "Characterization Type" (TB_TYPE) parameter then remains unchanged.
• The linearization table mode ("Lin. mode (037)" basic parameter) can be set to the editing mode (manual or semi-automatic entry): in instances of this nature, the "Characterization Type" (TB_TYPE) Profibus parameter must be changed to "Linear".
• The "Erase table" option of the "Lin. mode (037)" basic parameter resets the parameter to "Linear" so that the "Characterization Type" (TB_TYPE) parameter must return to "No linearization".
Basic parameter PROFIBUS PA profile parameter
Sensor Type Measuring mode (005)
Flow type (044)
Lin. mode (037)1)
Primary value unit
Characterization type(TB_LIN_TYPE)
Transmitter type(PV_TYPE)
Unit(PV_UNIT)
Absolute pressure/gauge pressure/diff.
Pressure Press. eng. unit (125)
No linearization (=0)
Pressure (=0) Press. eng. unit
Differential (Deltabar)
Flow Volume operat. cond.
Flow unit (048) Square root (=10)
Flow (=1) Volume flow unit
Flow Vol. norm.cond.
Norm. flow unit (046)
Square root (=10)
Flow (=1) Norm. flow unit
Flow Vol. std.cond.
Std. flow unit (047)
Square root (=10)
Flow (=1) Standard flow unit
Flow Mass Mass flow unit (045)
Square root (=10)
Flow (=1) Mass flow unit
Flow Flow in % % (172) Square root (=10)
Flow (=1) %
Absolute pressure/gauge pressure/diff.
Level (linear) Linearor Tableediting mode
Unit before lin (025)
No linearization (=0)
Level easy (=130) Level unit (%, Volume, Mass, Height)
Level(with lin. table)
Activate table Unit after lin. (038)
Linearization (=1)
Level easy (=130) Level unit (%, Volume,Mass, Height)
1) The device uses the "Lin. mode (037)" parameter internally to enable or disable the linearization table (to set the device to the linear or linearization measuring mode). The same parameter is also used to set the table to the edit mode or to check and validate the edited table.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Operation
Endress+Hauser 81
2. Using the PA profile parameters:• The modification of the Characterization Type (TB_LIN_TYPE) PA profile parameter
updates the basic parameter "Lin. mode (037)". If the linearization table cannot be activated due to a mistake in the table, then the table must be corrected and activated again.
To edit the tabele the parameter Simulation mode (TAB_OP_CODE) must be set to 1 (Editing) to allow the edition. At the end of the edition the new table can be activated by setting 3 (Check and aktivate table).
The Characterization parameter (TB_LIN_TYPE) is affected by:• Simulation mode (TAB_OP_CODE): If the table is being edited, the Characterization
parameter (TB_LIN_TYPE) is automatically set to "Linear". If the table was activated successfully, the Characterization Type parameter (TB_LIN_TYPE) is automatically set to "Linearization".
• "Lin. mode (037)": Just as in the case of the Simulation mode (TAB_OP_CODE), this parameter is also used by the basic application to set the device to linear or linearized conversion or to edit the linearization table. The "Linear", "Manual entry", "Semi-auto. entry" or "Delete table" options must reset Characterization parameter (TB_LIN_TYPE) to "Linear". The "Activate table" option with a successful result must reset the Characterization parameter (TB_LIN_TYPE) to "Linearization".
Measuring mode(TAB_OP_CODE)
Function Effect on "Lin. mode (037)"
0 Reset table Delete table, then "Linear"
1 Editing Manual entry
3 Check and activate table Activate table if the table is correct or leave the table unchanged.
4 Delete point (only available in the manual and semiautomatic mode)
Manual or semi automatic entry
5 Enter point (only available in the manual and semiautomatic mode)
Manual or semi automatic entry
Commissioning without an operating menu Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
82 Endress+Hauser
7 Commissioning without an operating menuThe device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
WARNING!
Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too high.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICEShortfall of the allowable working pressure!Output of messages if pressure is too low.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
7.1 Function checkCarry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist ä 38• "Post-connection check" checklist ä 44
7.2 Position adjustmentThe following functions are possible by means of the key on the electronic insert:• Position adjustment (zero point correction)• Device reset ä 47 (total reset)
• Operation must be unlocked. ä 54, "Locking/unlocking operation"• The device is configured for the "Pressure" measuring mode as standard. • The pressure applied must be within the nominal pressure limits of the sensor. See
information on the nameplate.
Carrying out position adjustment
Pressure is present at device.
Press the "Zero" key for at least 3 s.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning without an operating menu
Endress+Hauser 83
Does the LED on the electronic insert light up briefly?
Yes No
Applied pressure for position adjustment has been accepted.
1) Applied pressure for position adjustment has not been accepted.
Observe the input limits.
1) Observe warning on commissioning ( ä 82)
Carrying out position adjustment
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
84 Endress+Hauser
8 Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
WARNING!
Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too high.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICEShortfall of the allowable working pressure!Output of messages if pressure is too low.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
8.1 Function checkCarry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist ä 38• "Post-connection check" checklist ä 44
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 85
8.2 CommissioningCommissioning comprises the following steps:1. Function check ä 84
2. Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit ä 85
3. Position adjustment ä 86
4. Configuring measurement:– Pressure measurement ä 101 ff– Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M) ä 87 ff– Flow measurement (Deltabar M) ä 104 ff– Level measurement (Deltabar M) ä 107 ff
8.2.1 Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit
Language selection
Measuring mode selection
Parameter name Description
Language (000)Options
Menu path:Main menu Language
Select the language for the onsite display.
Options:• English• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)
Factory setting:English
Parameter name Description
Measuring mode (005)Options
Menu path:Setup Measuring mode (005)
Select the measuring mode.The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode selected.
WARNING!
Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!This situation can result in product overflow.‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified
and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow
Factory setting:Pressure
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
86 Endress+Hauser
Pressure unit selection
8.3 Position zero adjustmentThe pressure resulting from the orientation of the device can be corrected here.
Parameter name Description
Press. eng. unit (125)Options
Menu path:Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
Select the pressure unit.If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per order specifications
Parameter name Description
Corrected press. (172)Display
Menu path:Setup Corrected press. (172)
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment.
If this value is not equal to "0", it can be corrected to "0" by the position adjustment.
Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensor)Options
Menu path:Setup Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor)
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be known.
Example:– Measured value = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)– Correct the measured value via the "Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and
gauge pressure sensor)" parameter with the "Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
Options• Confirm• Abort
Factory setting:Abort
Calib. offset (192) (008) (absolute pressure sensor)Entry
Menu path:Setup Calib. offset (192)
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and the measured pressure must be known.
Example:– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.25 psi)– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032
psi)) via the "Calib. offset (192)" parameter. This means that you are assigning the value 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after calib. offset) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:0.0
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 87
8.4 Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)
8.4.1 Information on level measurement• The limit values are not checked, i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor
and the measuring task for the device to be able to measure correctly.• Customer-specific units are not possible.• There is no unit conversion.• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/
Full pressure (032)", "Empty height (030)/Full height (033)" must be at least 1 % apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together.
You have a choice of two methods for calculating the level: "In pressure" and "In height". The table in the "Overview of level measurement" section that follows provides you with an overview of these two measuring tasks.
8.4.2 Overview of level measurement
Measuring task Level selection
Measured variable options
Description Measured value display
Calibration is performed by entering two pressure-level value pairs.
"In pressure" Via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter: %, level, volume or mass units.
– Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration), see ä 88
– Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration), see ä 90
The measured value display and the "Level before lin. (019)" parameter display the measured value.
Calibration is performed by entering the density and two height-level value pairs.
"In height" – Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration), see ä 92
– Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration), see ä 94
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
88 Endress+Hauser
8.4.3 "In pressure" level selection Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)
Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in "m". The maximum level is 3 m (9.8 ft). The pressure range is due to the filling height and the density.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • The tank can be filled and emptied.
The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressures present at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1 Perform "position adjustment" ä 86.
A0030028
Fig. 29: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.
2 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
3 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
4 Select the "in pressure" level mode by means of the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
B
300 mbar3 m
A
0 mbar0 m
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 89
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode. See ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
5 Select a level unit by means of the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
A0017658
Fig. 30: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.
6 Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
7 The pressure for the lower calibration point is present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The pressure value present is assigned to the lower level value by confirming the value.
8 The pressure for the upper calibration point is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.35 psi) for example.
Select the "Full calib. (031)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example. The pressure value present is assigned to the upper level value by confirming the value.
9 If calibration is performed with a medium other than the process medium, enter the density of the calibration medium in "Adjust density (034)".
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
10 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
11 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).
Description
A
B
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
3
00 300
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
90 Endress+Hauser
8.4.4 "In pressure" level selection Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.53 psi). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.72 psi) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Full pressure (032)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For information on how to perform position adjustment, see ä 86, "Position zero adjustment".
Description
1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
A0030030
Fig. 31: Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
A See Table, Steps 7 + 8. B See Table, Steps 9 + 10.
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
3 Select the "in pressure" level mode by means of the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
4 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
B
1000 l450 mbar
A
0 l50 mbar
� � 1g
cm 3
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 91
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode. See ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
5 Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
A0031028
Fig. 32: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.C See Table, Step 9.D See Table, Step 10.
6 "Adjust density (034)" contains the factory setting 1.0, but this value can be changed if required. The entered value pairs must correspond to this density.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
7 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
8 Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty pressure (029)" parameter, here 50 mbar (0.72 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty pressure (029)
9 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here 1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point via the "Full pressure (032)" parameter, here 450 mbar (6.53 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full pressure (032)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
12 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
B
C
D
V
[l]
p
[mbar]
1000
050 450
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
92 Endress+Hauser
8.4.5 "In height" level selection Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.The density of the medium is 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • The tank can be filled and emptied.
The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressure values present at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1 Perform position adjustment. See ä 86.
A0031027
Fig. 33: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 8.B See Table, Step 9.B See Table, Step 9.
2 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
3 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
4 Select the "in height" level mode via the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
5 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
C1000 l4.5 m
B
0 l0.5 m
� � 1g
cm 3A
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 93
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
6 Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Height unit (026)
A0031029
Fig. 34: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 8.B See Table, Step 9.C See Table, Step 10.
7 Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
8 If calibration is performed with a medium other than the process medium, enter the density of the calibration medium in the "Adjust density (034)" parameter, here 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU) for example.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
9 The pressure for the lower calibration point is present at the device, here 0.5 m covered / 49 mbar (0.71 psi) for example.
Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
10 The pressure for the upper calibration point is present at the device, here 4.5 m covered / 441 mbar (6.4 psi) for example.
Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here "1000 liters" (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Process density (035)
12 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
hp
g�
��
hp
g�
��
� � 1g
cm 3
B
C
V
[l]
h
[m]
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
1000
4.5
0
0.5
0.5
50
4.5
450
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
94 Endress+Hauser
8.4.6 "In height" level selection Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty height (030)/Full height (033)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For information on how to perform position adjustment, see ä 86, "Position zero adjustment".
Description
1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
A0031027
Fig. 35: Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8 and 10.C See Table, Step 9 and 11.
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
3 Select the "in height" level mode via the "Level selection (024)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
4 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
5 Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Height unit (026)
6 Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
7 Enter the density of the medium via the "Adjust density (034)" parameter, here "1 g/cm3" (1 SGU) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
C1000 l4.5 m
B
0 l0.5 m
� � 1g
cm 3A
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 95
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
8 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
A0031066
Fig. 36: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.C See Table, Step 9.D See Table, Step 10.E See Table, Step 11.
9 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty height (030)" parameter, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty height (030)
10 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here 1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
11 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point via the "Full height (033)" parameter, here 4.5 m (14.8 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full height (033)
12 If the process uses a medium other than that on which the calibration was based, the new density must be specified in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
13 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
hp
g�
��
hp
g�
��
� � 1g
cm 3
B
D
C E
V
[l]
h
[m]
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
1000
4.5
0
0.5
0.5
50
4.5
450
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
96 Endress+Hauser
8.4.7 Required parameters for Level measuring mode
Parameter name Description
Level selection (024) ä 134
Unit before lin (025) ä 134
Height unit (026) ä 134
Calibration mode (027) ä 134
Empty calib. (028) ä 135
Empty pressure (029) ä 135
Empty height (030) ä 135
Full calib. (031) ä 135
Full pressure (032) ä 135
Full height (033) ä 135
Density unit (127) ä 136
Adjust density (034) ä 136
Process density (035) ä 136
Level before lin. (019) ä 136
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 97
8.5 Linearization
8.5.1 Manual entry of the linearization table via onsite displayExample:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.• A level calibration has been performed.
For a description of the parameters mentioned, Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1 Select the "Manual entry" option via the "Lin. mode (037)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Lin. mode (037)
A0030032
2 Select a unit via the "Unit after lin. (038)" parameter, e.g. m3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Unit after lin. (038)
3 Enter the number of the point in the table via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Line numb. (039)
The level is entered via the "X-value (040) (manual entry)" parameter, here 0 m for example. Confirm your entry.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization X-value (040) (manual entry)
Using the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" parameter, enter the associated volume value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm the value.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)
h
[m]0
0 3.0
h
[m]
3.5
00 3.0
V
[m 3]
V
[m 3]
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
98 Endress+Hauser
Error message F510 "Linearization" is displayed as long as the table is being entered and is not activated.
8.5.2 Manual entry of the linearization table via the operating toolUsing an operating tool based on FDT technology (e.g. FieldCare), you canenter linearization using a module specially designed for this purpose. This provides you withan overview of the selected linearization even during entry. In addition, it is possible toaccess preprogrammed tank shapes.
The linearization table may also be entered manually point by point in the operating tool menu, see Chap. 8.5.1 "Manual entry of the linearization table via onsite display".
4 To enter another point in the table, select the "Next point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter. Enter the next point as explained in Step 3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Edit table (042)
5 Once all the points have been entered in the table, select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode (037)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Lin. mode (037)
6 Result:The measured value after linearization is displayed.
Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 99
8.5.3 Semi-automatic entry of the linearization tableExample:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:
• The tank can be filled or emptied. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.• A level calibration has been performed.
For a description of the parameters mentioned Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Error message F510 "Linearization" is displayed as long as the table is being entered and is not activated.
Description
1 Select the "Semi-auto. entry" option via the "Lin. mode (037)" parameter. Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Lin. mode (037)
A0030032
2 Select a unit via the "Unit after lin. (038)" parameter, e.g. m3.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Unit after lin. (038)
3 Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
4 Enter the number of the point in the table via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Line numb. (039)
The actual level is displayed via the "X-value (040) (manual entry)" parameter. Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization X-value (040) (manual entry)
Using the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" parameter, enter the associated volume value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm the value.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)
5 To enter another point in the table, select the "Next point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter. Enter the next point as explained in Step 4.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Edit table (042)
6 Once all the points have been entered in the table, select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode (037)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Linearization Lin. mode (037)
7 Result:The measured value after linearization is displayed.
h
[m]0
0 3.0
h
[m]
3.5
00 3.0
V
[m 3]
V
[m 3]
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
100 Endress+Hauser
8.5.4 Required parameters for linearization
Parameter name Description
Lin. mode (037) ä 136
Unit after lin. (038) ä 137
Line numb. (039) ä 137
X-value (040) (manual entry) ä 137
Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry) ä 137
Edit table (042) ä 137
Tank description (173) ä 137
Tank content (043) ä 137
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 101
8.6 Pressure measurement
8.6.1 Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)Example:In this example, a device with a 400 mbar (6 psi) sensor is configured for the 0 to +300 mbar (4.35 psi) measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.35 psi) are assigned.
Prerequisite:This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the pressure values for the lower and upper range are known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e. the measured value is not zero in a pressureless condition. For information on how to perform position adjustment, see ä 86. Calibration is possible only using FieldCare.
Description
1 Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
3 Where necessary scale the "Output value (Out Value)" of the Analog Input Block, ä 151, parameter descriptions for "Proc value scale" and "Output scale".
4 Result:The measuring range is configured for 0 to +300 mbar (4.35 psi).
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
102 Endress+Hauser
8.7 Differential pressure measurement (Deltabar M)
8.7.1 Preparatory steps
Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium. See the following table.
Valves Meaning Preferred installation
1 Close 3.
A0030036
Above: preferred installation for gasesBelow: preferred installation for liquids
I Deltabar MII Three-valve manifoldIII Separator1, 5 Drain valves2, 4 Inlet valves3 Equalizing valve6, 7 Vent valves on Deltabar MA, B Shut-off valve
2 Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A, B, 2, 4. Medium flows in.
3 Clean impulse piping if necessary:1)
– by blowing out with compressed air in the case of gases
– by rinsing out in the case of liquids.
1) for arrangement with 5 valves
Close 2 and 4. Block off device.
Open 1 and 5. Blow out/rinse out impulse piping.
Close 1 and 5. Close valves after cleaning.
4 Vent device.
Open 2 and 4. Introduce medium.
Close 4. Close low-pressure side.
Open 3. Balance positive and low-pressure side.
Open 6 and 7 briefly, then close them again.
Fill device completely with medium and remove air.
5 Set measuring point in operation.
Close 3. Shut off high-pressure side from low-pressure side.
Open 4. Connect low-pressure side.
Now– 1, 3, 5, 6 and 7 are closed.– 2 and 4 are open.– A and B open (if present).
6 Carry out calibration if necessary. See also page 103.
+ –A B
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
+ –A B
II
I II
III
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
I
II
I
1 5
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 103
8.7.2 Required parameters for differential pressure via Pressure measuring mode
Parameter name Description
Measuring mode (005) ä 130
Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar) ä 132
High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar) ä 132
Press. eng. unit (125) ä 131
Corrected press. (172) ä 133
Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor)
ä 130
Calib. offset (192) ä 130
Damping switch (164) ä 131
Damping value (017) ä 131
Pressure af. damp (111) ä 133
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
104 Endress+Hauser
8.8 Flow measurement (Deltabar M)
8.8.1 Information on flow measurementIn the "Flow" measuring mode, the device determines a volume or mass flow value from the differential pressure measured. The differential pressure is generated by means of primary elements such as pitot tubes or orifice plates and depends on the volume or mass flow. Four flow types are available: volume flow, norm volume flow (European norm conditions), standard volume flow (American standard conditions), mass flow and flow in %.
In addition, the Deltabar M software provides two totalizers as standard. The totalizers integrates the volume or the mass flow. The counting function and the unit can be set separately for both totalizers. The first totalizer (totalizer 1) can be reset to zero at any time while the second (totalizer 2) totalizes the flow from commissioning onwards and cannot be reset.
The totalizers are not available for the flow type "Flow in %".
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 105
8.8.2 Preparatory steps
Before calibrating the Deltabar M, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium. See the following table.
Valves Meaning Preferred installation
1 Close 3.
A0030036
Above: preferred installation for gasesBelow: preferred installation for liquids
I Deltabar MII Three-valve manifoldIII Separator1, 5 Drain valves2, 4 Inlet valves3 Equalizing valve6, 7 Vent valves on Deltabar MA, B Shut-off valves
2 Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A, B, 2, 4. Medium flows in.
3 Clean impulse piping if necessary1):– by blowing out with compressed air in the case of
gases– by rinsing out in the case of liquids.
1) for arrangement with 5 valves
Close 2 and 4. Block off device.
Open 1 and 5. Blow out/rinse out impulse piping.
Close 1 and 5. Close valves after cleaning.
4 Vent device.
Open 2 and 4. Introduce medium.
Close 4. Close low-pressure side.
Open 3. Balance positive and low-pressure side.
Open 6 and 7 briefly, then close them again.
Fill device completely with medium and remove air.
5 Carry out position zero adjustment ( ä 86) if the following conditions are met. If the conditions are not met, then do not carry out the pos. zero adjustment until after step 6.
Conditions:– The process cannot be blocked off.– The tapping points (A and B) are at the same geodetic
height.
6 Set measuring point in operation.
Close 3. Shut off high-pressure side from low-pressure side.
Open 4. Connect low-pressure side.
Now– 1, 3, 5, 6 and 7 are closed.– 2 and 4 are open.– A and B open (if present).
7 Carry out position zero adjustment ( ä 86) if the flow can be blocked off. In this case, step 5 is not applicable.
8 Carry out calibration. 106, Chap. 8.8.3.
+ –A B
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
+ –A B
II
I II
III
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
I
II
I
1 5
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
106 Endress+Hauser
8.8.3 Required parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode
Parameter name Description
Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) ä 130
Measuring mode (005) ä 130
Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar) ä 132
High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar) ä 132
Press. eng. unit (125) ä 131
Corrected press. (172) ä 133
Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor) ä 130
Max. flow (009) ä 139
Max. pressure flow (010) ä 139
Damping switch (164) ä 131
Damping value (017) ä 131
Flow (018) ä 139
Pressure af. damp (111) ä 133
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 107
8.9 Level measurement (Deltabar M)
8.9.1 Preparatory steps
Open container
Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium. See the following table.
Valves Meaning Installation
1 Fill container to a level above the lower tap.
A0030038
Open container
I Deltabar MII Separator6 Vent valves on Deltabar MA Shut-off valveB Drain valve
2 Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A. Open shut-off valve.
3 Vent device.
Open 6 briefly, then close it again.
Fill device completely with medium and remove air.
4 Set measuring point in operation.
Now– B and 6 are closed.– A is open.
5 Carry out calibration according to one of the following methods:• "in pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 110)• "in pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 112)• "in height" - with reference pressure ( ä 114)• "in height" - without reference pressure ( ä 116)
+
A
–P2
+P1
6
patm
II
I
B
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
108 Endress+Hauser
Closed container
Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium. See the following table.
Valves Meaning Installation
1 Fill container to a level above the lower tap.
A0030039
Closed container
I Deltabar MII Three-valve manifoldIII Separator1, 5 Drain valves 2, 4 Inlet valves 3 Equalizing valve 6, 7 Vent valve on Deltabar M A, B Shut-off valve
2 Fill measuring system with medium.
Close 3. Shut off high-pressure side from low-pressure side.
Open A and B. Open shut-off valves.
3 Vent high-pressure side (empty low-pressure side if necessary).
Open 2 and 4. Introduce medium on high-pressure side.
Open 6 and 7 briefly, then close them again.
Fill high-pressure side completely with medium and remove air.
4 Set measuring point in operation.
Now– 3, 6 and 7 are closed.– 2, 4, A and B are open.
5 Carry out calibration according to one of the following methods:• "in pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 110)• "in pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 112)• "in height" - with reference pressure ( ä 114)• "in height" - without reference pressure ( ä 116)
B
A
II
I II
III
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
I
1 5
+
–
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 109
Closed container with superimposed steam
Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium. See the following table.
Valves Meaning Installation
1 Fill container to a level above the lower tap.
A0030040
Closed container with superimposed steam
I Deltabar MII Three-valve manifoldIII Separator1, 5 Drain valves 2, 4 Inlet valves 3 Equalizing valve 6, 7 Vent valves on Deltabar MA, B Shut-off valves
2 Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A and B. Open shut-off valves.
Fill the negative impulse piping to the level of the condensate trap.
3 Vent device.
Open 2 and 4. Introduce medium.
Close 4. Close low-pressure side.
Open 3. Balance positive and low-pressure side.
Open 6 and 7 briefly, then close them again.
Fill device completely with medium and remove air.
4 Set measuring point in operation.
Close 3. Shut off high-pressure side from low-pressure side.
Open 4. Connect low-pressure side.
Now– 3, 6 and 7 are closed.– 2, 4, A and B are open.
5 Carry out calibration according to one of the following methods:• "in pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 110)• "in pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 112)• "in height" - with reference pressure ( ä 114)• "in height" - without reference pressure ( ä 116)
A
II
I II
III
–P2
+P1
6 7
3
2 4
I
1 5
+
–
B
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
110 Endress+Hauser
8.9.2 "In pressure" level selection Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)
Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in "m". The maximum level is 3 m (9.8 ft). The pressure range is due to the filling height and the density.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • The tank can be filled and emptied.
The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressures present at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1 Perform "position adjustment" ä 86.
2 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
3 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
4 Select the "in pressure" level mode by means of the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 111
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode. See ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
5 Select a level unit by means of the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
A0017658
Fig. 37: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.
6 Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
7 The pressure for the lower calibration point is present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The pressure value present is assigned to the lower level value by confirming the value.
8 The pressure for the upper calibration point is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.35 psi) for example.
Select the "Full calib. (031)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example. The pressure value present is assigned to the upper level value by confirming the value.
9 If calibration is performed with a medium other than the process medium, enter the density of the calibration medium in "Adjust density (034)".
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
10 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
11 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).
Description
A
B
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
3
00 300
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
112 Endress+Hauser
8.9.3 "In pressure" level selection Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.53 psi). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.72 psi) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Full pressure (032)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For information on how to perform position adjustment, see ä 86, "Position zero adjustment".
Description
1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
3 Select the "in pressure" level mode by means of the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
4 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 113
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode. See ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
5 Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
A0031194
Fig. 38: Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.C See Table, Step 9.D See Table, Step 10.
6 "Adjust density (034)" contains the factory setting 1.0, but this value can be changed if required. The entered value pairs must correspond to this density.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
7 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
8 Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty pressure (029)" parameter, here 50 mbar (0.72 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty pressure (029)
9 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here 1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point via the "Full pressure (032)" parameter, here 450 mbar (6.53 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full pressure (032)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
12 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
B
C
D
V
[l]
p
[mbar]
1000
050 450
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
114 Endress+Hauser
8.9.4 "In height" level selection Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty height (030)/Full height (033)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For information on how to perform position adjustment, see ä 86, "Position zero adjustment".
Description
1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
3 Select the "in height" level mode via the "Level selection (024)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
4 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
5 Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Height unit (026)
6 Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
7 Enter the density of the medium via the "Adjust density (034)" parameter, here "1 g/cm3" (1 SGU) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 115
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
8 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
A0031195
Fig. 39: Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
A See Table, Step 7.B See Table, Step 8.C See Table, Step 9.D See Table, Step 10.E See Table, Step 11.
9 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty height (030)" parameter, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty height (030)
10 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here 1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
11 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point via the "Full height (033)" parameter, here 4.5 m (14.8 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full height (033)
12 If the process uses a medium other than that on which the calibration was based, the new density must be specified in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended setup Level Process density (035).
13 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
hp
g�
��
hp
g�
��
� � 1g
cm 3
B
D
C E
V
[l]
h
[m]
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
1000
4.5
0
0.5
0.5
49
4.5
441
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
116 Endress+Hauser
8.9.5 "In height" level selection Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of 1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start of the level measuring range.The density of the medium is 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure. • The tank can be filled and emptied.
The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressure values present at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1 Perform position adjustment. See ä 86.
2 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)
3 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)
4 Select the "in height" level mode via the "Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Level selection (024)
5 Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Unit before lin (025)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 117
The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 134 "Unit before lin (025)".
6 Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)" parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Height unit (026)
A0031196
Fig. 40: Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
A See Table, Step 8.B See Table, Step 9.C See Table, Step 10.
7 Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Calibration mode (027)
8 If calibration is performed with a medium other than the process medium, enter the density of the calibration medium in the "Adjust density (034)" parameter, here 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU) for example.Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Adjust density (034)
9 The pressure for the lower calibration point is present at the device, here 0.5 m covered / 49 mbar (0.71 psi) for example.
Enter the volume value for the lower calibration point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0 liters for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Empty calib. (028)
10 The pressure for the upper calibration point is present at the device, here 4.5 m covered / 441 mbar (6.4 psi) for example.
Enter the volume value for the upper calibration point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here "1000 liters" (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Full calib. (031)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium other than the process medium, specify the density of the process medium in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level Process density (035)
12 Result:The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).
Description
A
hp
g�
��
hp
g�
��
� � 1g
cm 3
B
C
V
[l]
h
[m]
h
[m]
p
[mbar]
1000
4.5
0
0.5
0.5
49
4.5
441
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
118 Endress+Hauser
8.9.6 Required parameters for Level measuring mode
Parameter name Description
Level selection (024) ä 134
Unit before lin (025) 134
Height unit (026) 134
Calibration mode (027) 134
Empty calib. (028) 135
Empty pressure (029)Empty pressure (185)
135
Empty height (030)Empty height (186)
135
Full calib. (031) 135
Full pressure (187)Full pressure (032)
135
Full height (033) Full height (188)
135
Density unit (127) 136
Adjust density (034) 136
Process density (035) 136
Level before lin. (019) 136
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 119
8.10 Overview of the onsite display operating menuAll parameters and their direct access code (in brackets) are listed in the following table. The page number refers to where a description of the parameter can be found.
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Parameters in italics cannot be edited (read only). Specific settings, such as the Measuring mode (005), dry or wet calibration, or hardware locking, determine whether these parameters are displayed.
Language (000) ä 128
Display/operat. Display mode (001) ä 128
Add. disp. value (002) ä 128
Format 1st value (004) ä 129
Format ext. val. 1 (235) ä 129
Format ext. val. 2 (258) ä 129
Setup Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) ä 130
Measuring mode (005)Measuring mode (182)
ä 130
Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar) ä 132
High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar)
ä 132
Press. eng. unit (125) ä 131
Corrected press. (172) ä 133
Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor)Calib. offset (192) (absolute pressure sensors)
ä 130 ä 130
Max. flow (009) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 139
Max. pressure flow (010) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 139
Empty calib. (011) ("Level" measuring mode and "Calibration mode (027)" = wet) ä 135
Full calib. (012) ("Level" measuring mode and "Calibration mode (027)" = wet) ä 135
Damping switch (164) (read only) ä 131
Damping value (184)Damping value (017)
ä 131
Flow (018) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 139
Level before lin. (019) ("Level" measuring mode) ä 136
Pressure af. damp (111) ä 133
Extended setup Code definition (023) ä 127
Device tag (022) ä 128
Ident number sel (229) ä 140
Operator code (021) ä 127
Level(Level measuring mode)
Level selection (024) ä 134
Unit before lin (025) 134
Height unit (026) 134
Calibration mode (027) 134
Empty calib. (028) 135
Empty pressure (029)Empty pressure (185)
135
Empty height (030)Empty height (186)
135
... ... ... Full calib. (031) 135
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
120 Endress+Hauser
... Setup ... Extended setup ... Level(Level measuring mode)
Full pressure (187)Full pressure (032)
135
Full height (033) Full height (188)
135
Density unit (127) 136
Adjust density (034) 136
Process density (035) 136
Level before lin. (019) 136
Linearization Lin. mode (037) 136
Unit after lin. (038) 137
Line numb. (039) 137
X-value (040) (manual entry)X-value (123) (in linear/activ table)
137
Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)
137
Edit table (042) 137
Tank description (173) 137
Tank content (043) 137
Flow ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar)
Flow type (044) 138
Mass flow unit (045) 138
Norm. flow unit (046) 138
Std. flow unit (047) 138
Flow unit (048) 139
Max. flow (009) 139
Max. pressure flow (010) 139
Set low-flow cut-off (049) 139
Flow (018) 139
Analog input 1 Channel (171) 140
Output value (Out Value) (224) 141
Status (196) 141
Filt. time const. (197) 141
Fail safe mode (198) 141
Failsafe default (199) 141
Analog input 2 Channel (230) (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 141
Channel (231) (Deltabar) 141
Output value (Out Value) (201) 141
Status (202) 141
Filt. time const. (203) 141
Fail safe mode (204) 141
Failsafe default (205) 141
Analog output 1 Fail safe time (206) 142
Fail safe mode (207) 142
Failsafe default (208) 142
... ... ... Input value (209) 142
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 121
... Setup ... Extended setup ... Analog output 1 Input status (220) 142
Unit (211) 142
Analog output 2 Fail safe time (212) 142
Fail safe mode (213) 142
Failsafe default (214) 142
Input value (215) 142
Input status (223) 142
Unit (217) 143
Totalizer 1 (Deltabar) Channel (218) 143
Eng.unit total.1 (058) (059) (060) (061)
143
Totalizer 1 mode (175) 143
Total. 1 failsafe (221) 143
Total.1 value (219) 143
Preset value (222) 143
Totalizer 1 (261) 143
Status (236) 144
Totalizer 2 (Deltabar) Eng. unit totalizer 2 (065) (066) (067) (068)
144
Totalizer 2 mode (177) 144
Total. 2 failsafe (178) 145
Totalizer 2 (069) 145
Totalizer 2 overflow (070) 145
Diagnosis Diagnostic code (071) 145
Last diag. code (072) 145
Min. meas. press. (073) 145
Max. meas. press. (074) 145
Diagnostic list Diagnostic 1 (075) 146
Diagnostic 2 (076) 146
Diagnostic 3 (077) 146
Diagnostic 4 (078) 146
Diagnostic 5 (079) 146
Diagnostic 6 (080) 146
Diagnostic 7 (081) 146
Diagnostic 8 (082) 146
Diagnostic 9 (083) 146
Diagnostic 10 (084) 146
Event logbook Last diag. 1 (085) 146
Last diag. 2 (086) 146
Last diag. 3 (087) 146
Last diag. 4 (088) 146
Last diag. 5 (089) 146
Last diag. 6 (090) 146
Last diag. 7 (091) 146
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
122 Endress+Hauser
... ... Last diag. 8 (092) 146
... Diagnosis ... Event log Last diag. 9 (093) 146
Last diag. 10 (094) 146
Instrument info Firmware version (095) 128
Serial number (096) 128
Ext. order code (097) 128
Order code (098) 128
Device tag (022) 128
ENP version (099) 128
Config. counter (100) 146
LRL sensor (101) 139
URL sensor (102) 139
Ident number (225) 140
Measured values Flow (018) 139
Level before lin. (019) 136
Tank content (043) 137
Meas. pressure (020) 132
Sensor pressure (109) 133
Corrected press. (172) 133
Pressure af. damp (111) 133
Sensor temp. (110) (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 131
Analog input 1 Channel (171) 140
Output value (Out Value) (224) 141
Status (196) 141
Analog input 2 Channel (230) (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 141
Channel (231) (Deltabar) 141
Output value (Out Value) (201) 141
Status (202) 141
Analog output 1 Input value (209) 142
Input status (220) 142
Analog output 2 Input value (215) 142
Input status (223) 142
Totalizer 1 (Deltabar) Channel (218) 143
Totalizer 1 (261) 144
Status (236) 144
Totalizer 2 (Deltabar) Totalizer 2 (069) 145
Totalizer 2 overflow (070) 145
Simulation Simulation mode (112) 146
Sim. pressure (113) 147
Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar) 147
Sim. level (115) 148
Sim. tank cont. (116) 148
Sim. error no. (118) 148
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 123
Reset Enter reset code (124) 129
Expert Direct access (119) 127
System Code definition (023) 127
Lock switch (120) 127
Operator code (021) 127
Instrument info Device tag (022) 128
Serial number (096) 128
Firmware version (095) 128
Ext. order code (097) 128
Order code (098) 128
ENP version (099) 128
Electr. serial no. (121) 128
Sensor serial no. (122) 128
Display Language (000) 128
Display mode (001) 128
Add. disp. value (002) 128
Format 1st value (004) 129
Format ext. val. 1 (235) 129
Format ext. val. 2 (258) 129
Management Enter reset code (124) 129
Download select. 129
Measurement Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) 130
Measuring mode (005)Measuring mode (182)
130
Basic setup Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor)
130
Calib. offset (192) Calib. offset (008) 130
Damping switch (164) (read only) 131
Damping value (184)Damping value (017)
131
Press. eng. unit (125) 131
Temp. eng. unit. (126) (Cerabar/Deltapilot)
131
Sensor temp. (110) (Cerabar/Deltapilot)
131
Pressure Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar) 132
High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar)
132
Meas. pressure (020) 132
Sensor pressure (109) 133
Corrected press. (172) 133
Pressure af. damp (111) 133
Level Level selection (024) 134
Unit before lin (025) 134
Height unit (026) 134
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
124 Endress+Hauser
Calibration mode (027) 134
... ... ... Empty calib. (028) 135
... Expert ... Measurement ... Level Empty pressure (185)Empty pressure (029)
135
Empty height (030)Empty height (186)
135
Full calib. (031) 135
Full pressure (187)Full pressure (032)
135
Full height (033)Full height (188)
135
Density unit (127) 136
Adjust density (034) 136
Process density (035) 136
Level before lin. (019) 136
Linearization Lin. mode (037) 136
Unit after lin. (038) 137
Line numb. (039) 137
X-value (040) (manual entry)X-value (123) (in linear/activ table)
137
Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)
137
Edit table (042) 137
Tank description (173) 137
Tank content (043) 137
Flow (Deltabar) Flow type (044) 138
Mass flow unit (045) 138
Norm. flow unit (046) 138
Std. flow unit (047) 138
Flow unit (048) 139
Max. flow (009) 139
Max. pressure flow (010) 139
Set low-flow cut-off (049) 139
Flow (018) 139
Sensor limits LRL sensor (101) 139
URL sensor (102) 139
Sensor trim Lo trim measured (129) 140
Hi trim measured (130) 140
Lo trim sensor (131) 140
Hi trim sensor (132) 140
Communication PB-PA Info Ident number (225) 140
Profile revision (227) 140
PB-PA Config Addressing (228) 140
Bus address (233) 140
Ident number sel (229) 140
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 125
Cond.status diag (234) 140
... ... Analog input 1 Channel (171) ä 140
... Expert ... Communication ... Analog input 1 Output value (Out Value) (224) 141
Status (196) 141
Filt. time const. (197) 141
Fail safe mode (198) 141
Failsafe default (199) 141
Analog input 2 Channel (230) (Cerabar/Deltapilot) 141
Channel (231) (Deltabar) 141
Output value (Out Value) (201) 141
Status (202) 141
Filt. time const. (203) 141
Fail safe mode (204) 141
Failsafe default (205) 141
Analog output 1 Fail safe time (206) 142
Fail safe mode (207) 142
Failsafe default (208) 142
Input value (209) 142
Input status (220) 142
Unit (211) 142
Analog output 2 Fail safe time (212) 142
Fail safe mode (213) 142
Failsafe default (214) 142
Input value (215) 142
Input status (223) 142
Unit (217) 143
Totalizer 1 (Deltabar) Channel (218) 143
Eng.unit total.1 (058) (059) (060) (061)
143
Totalizer 1 mode (175) ä 143
Total. 1 failsafe (221) 143
Total.1 value (219) 143
Preset value (222) 143
Totalizer 1 (261) 144
Status (236) 144
Application Electr. Delta P (158) (Cerabar / Deltapilot) ä 144
Fixed ext. value (174) (Cerabar / Deltapilot) ä 144
Ext. val. 2 (259) ä 144
Ext. val. 2 status (260) ä 144
Totalizer 2 (Deltabar) Eng. unit totalizer 2 (065) (066) (067) (068)
144
Totalizer 2 mode (177) 144
Total. 2 failsafe (178) 145
Totalizer 2 (069) 145
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
126 Endress+Hauser
Totalizer 2 overflow (070) 145
Diagnosis Diagnostic code (071) 145
... ... Last diag. code (072) 145
... Expert ... Diagnosis Reset logbook (159) 145
Min. meas. press. (073) 145
Max. meas. press. (074) 145
Reset peakhold (161) 145
Alarm behav. P (050) 145
Operating hours (162) 146
Config. counter (100) 146
Diagnostic list Diagnostic 1 (075) 146
Diagnostic 2 (076) 146
Diagnostic 3 (077) 146
Diagnostic 4 (078) 146
Diagnostic 5 (079) 146
Diagnostic 6 (080) 146
Diagnostic 7 (081) 146
Diagnostic 8 (082) 146
Diagnostic 9 (083) 146
Diagnostic 10 (084) 146
Event logbook Last diag. 1 (085) 146
Last diag. 2 (086) 146
Last diag. 3 (087) 146
Last diag. 4 (088) 146
Last diag. 5 (089) 146
Last diag. 6 (090) 146
Last diag. 7 (091) 146
Last diag. 8 (092) 146
Last diag. 9 (093) 146
Last diag. 10 (094) 146
Simulation Simulation mode (112) 146
Sim. pressure (113) 147
Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar) 147
Sim. level (115) 148
Sim. tank cont. (116) 148
Sim. error no. (118) 148
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Page
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 127
8.11 Description of parameters
This section describes the parameters in the order they are arranged in the "Expert" operating menu.
Expert
8.11.1 System
Expert → System
Parameter name Description
Direct access (119)Entry
Enter the direct access code to go directly to a parameter.
Options: • A number between 0 and 999 (only valid entries are recognized)
Factory setting:0
Note:For direct access, it is not necessary to enter leading zeros.
Parameter name Description
Code definition (023)Entry
Use this function to enter the release code that will be used to unlock the device.
Options: • A number between 0 and 9999
Factory setting:0
Lock switch (120)Display
Displays the status of DIP switch 1 (on) on the electronic insert.You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch 1. If operation is locked by means of the "Operator code (021)" parameter, you can only unlock operation again by means of this parameter.
Display: • On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:Off (locking switched off)
Operator code (021)Entry
Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock the device operation.
Options: • To lock: Enter a number the release code.• To unlock: Enter the release code.
The release code is "0" in the default configuration. Another release code can be defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter. If the user has forgotten the release code, it can be made visible again by entering the number sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
128 Endress+Hauser
Expert → System → Instrument info
Expert → System → Display
Parameter name Description
Device tag (022)Entry
Enter the device tag (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory settingAs per order specifications
Serial number (096)Display
Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).
Firmware version (095)Display
Displays the firmware version.
Ext. order code (097)Display
Displays the extended order code (max. 60 alphanumeric characters).
Factory settingAs per order specifications
Order code (098)Display
Displays the order code (max. 20 alphanumeric characters).
Factory settingAs per order specifications
ENP version (099)Display
Displays the ENP version(ENP = electronic nameplate)
Electr. serial no. (121)Display
Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).
Sensor serial no. (122)Display
Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).
Parameter name Description
Language (000)Options
Select the language for the onsite display.
Options:• English• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)
Factory setting:English
Display mode (001)Options
Specify the contents for the first line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Options:• Main value only (value+bar graph)• Ext. value1 only (value+status)• All alternating (main value+secondary value+Ext. value 1+Ext. value 2)
Ext. value 1 and Ext. value 2 are only displayed if the PLC sends these values via the analog output blocks to the device.
Factory setting:Main value only
Add. disp. value (002)Options
Specify the contents for the second line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Options:• No value• Pressure• Main value (%) • Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)• Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)• Temperature (Cerabar/Deltapilot)
The options depend on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:No value
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 129
Expert → System → Management
Format 1st value (004)Options
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line for the primary value.
Options:• Auto• x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:Auto
Format ext. val. 1 (235)Options
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line for the external value 1.
Options:• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:x.x
Format ext. val. 2 (258)Options
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line for the external value 2.
Options:• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:x.x
Parameter name Description
Enter reset code (124)Entry
Reset parameters completely or partially to the factory values or order configuration by entering a reset code, ä 56, "Resetting to factory settings (reset)".
Factory setting:0
Download select.Display
Select the data records for the upload/download function in Fieldcare and PDM.
Prerequisite:DIP switches are set to the "SW" setting and "Damping" is set to "On". A download with the "Configuration copy" factory setting causes the device to download all the parameters required for a measurement. The "Electronics replace" setting only takes effect if an appropriate release code is entered in the "Operator code" parameter.
Options:• Configuration copy: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for the serial number, order number, calibration, position adjustment, application and tag information.
• Device replacement: With this option, general configuration parameters are overwritten except for the serial number, order number, calibration and position adjustment.
• Electronics replace: With this option, general configuration parameters are overwritten.
Factory setting:Configuration copy
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
130 Endress+Hauser
8.11.2 Measurement
Expert → Measurement
Expert → Measurement → Basic setup
Parameter name Description
Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar)Display
Displays the status of DIP switch 4 on the electronic insert, which is used to define the output characteristics of the current output.
Display:• SW setting
The output characteristic depends on the measuring mode; default = "linear".• Square root
The flow measurement is active and the square root signal is used.
Factory settingSW setting
Measuring mode (005) Measuring mode (182) Options
Select the measuring mode.The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode selected.
WARNING!
Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!This situation can result in product overflow.‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified
and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow (Deltabar M only)
Factory settingPressure or as per order specifications
Parameter name Description
Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and gauge pressure sensor) Options
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure doesn’t need to be known.
Example:– Measured value = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)– Correct the measured value via the "Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar and
gauge pressure sensor)" parameter with the "Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
Options• Confirm• Abort
Factory setting:Abort
Calib. offset (192) Calib. offset (008) Entry
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and the measured pressure must be known.
Example:– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.25 psi)– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032
psi)) via the "Calib. offset (192)" parameter. This means that you are assigning the value 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:0.0
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 131
Damping switch (164)Display
Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the "Damping value (184)" parameter
Factory settingOn
Damping value (017) Damping value (184) Entry
Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping affects the speed at which the measured value reacts to changes in pressure.
Input range:0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:2.0 or as per order specifications
Press. eng. unit (125)Options
Select the pressure unit.If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per order specifications
Temp. eng. unit. (126)(Cerabar/Deltapilot)Options
Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
The setting affects the unit for the "Sensor temp. (110)" parameter.
Options:• °C• °F• K
Factory setting:°C
Sensor temp. (110)(Cerabar/Deltapilot)Display
Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate from the process temperature.
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
132 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Measurement → Pressure
Parameter name Description
Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar)Display
Indicates whether the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch (DIP switch 5) is switched on.
The "SW/P2 High" DIP switch determines which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.
Display:• SW setting
"SW/P2 High" is switched off: The "High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)" parameter determines which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.
• P2 High"SW/P2 High" is switched on: Pressure input P2 corresponds to the high-pressure side, independent of the setting in the "High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)" parameter.
Factory setting:SW setting
High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar)High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)Options
Determines, which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.
This setting is only valid if the DIP switch "SW/P2 High" is switched off (see "Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar)" parameter). Otherwise P2 corresponds to the high-pressure side in any case.
Options:• P1 High
Pressure input P1 is the high-pressure side.• P2 High
Pressure input P2 is the high-pressure side.
Factory settingP1 High
Meas. pressure (020)Display
Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment and damping.
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Sensor
Sensor pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Corrected Press.
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Electr. Delta P
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 133
Deltabar M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Corrected Press.
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level Flow
PV (PV = Primary Value)
Analog Input Block
Sensor pressure (109)Display
Displays the measured pressure before the sensor trim and position adjustment.
Corrected press. (172)Display
Displays the measured pressure after the sensor trim and position adjustment.
Pressure af. damp (111)Display
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
134 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Measurement → Level
Parameter name Description
Level selection (024)Options
Select the method for calculating the level
Options:• In pressure
If this option is selected, specify two pressure/level value pairs. The level value is displayed directly in the unit that you select via the "Unit before lin (025)" parameter.
• In heightIf this option is selected, specify two height/level value pairs. From the measured pressure, the device first calculates the height using the density. This information is then used to calculate the level in the "Unit before lin (025)" selected using the two value pairs specified.
Factory setting:In pressure
Unit before lin (025)Options
Select the unit displayed with the measured value and parameter of the level before linearization.
The unit selected is only used to describe the measured value. This means that the measured value is not converted when a new output unit is selected.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, in• m3, in3
• l, hl• ft3
• gal, Igal• kg, t• lb
Factory setting:%
Height unit (026)Options
Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the selected height unit using the "Adjust density (034)" parameter.
Prerequisite"Level selection (024)" = In height
Options• mm• m• in• ft
Factory setting:m
Calibration mode (027)Options
Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time ("Empty calib. (028)" and "Full calib. (031)" parameters).
• DryDry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify two pressure/level value pairs or height/level value pairs via the following parameters: "Empty calib. (028)", "Empty pressure (029)", "Full calib. (031)", "Full pressure (032)", "Empty height (030)", "Full height (033)".
Factory setting:Wet
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 135
Empty calib. (028)Empty calib. (011)Entry
Enter the output value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit defined in "Unit before lin (025)" will be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container empty) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container empty) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Empty pressure (029)" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Empty height (030)" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:0.0
Empty pressure (029) Empty pressure (185) Entry/Display
Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).See also "Empty calib. (028)".
Prerequisite• "Level selection (024)" = In pressure• "Calibration mode (027)" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode (027)" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:0.0
Empty height (030) Empty height (186) Entry/Display
Enter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). Select the unit via the "Height unit (026)" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection (024)" = In height• "Calibration mode (027)" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode (027)" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:0.0
Full calib. (031)Full calib. (012)Entry
Enter the output value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit defined in "Unit before lin (025)" will be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container full) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container full) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Full pressure (032)" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Full height (033)" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:100.0
Full pressure (032) Full pressure (187) Entry/Display
Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).See also "Full calib. (031)".
Prerequisite• "Level selection (024)" = In pressure• "Calibration mode (027)" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode (027)" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) of the sensor
Full height (033) Full height (188) Entry/Display
Enter the height value for the upper calibration point (container full). Select the unit via the "Height unit (026)" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection (024)" = In height• "Calibration mode (027)" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode (027)" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) is converted to a height unit
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
136 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Measurement → Linearization
Density unit (127)Display
Displays the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the "Height unit (026)" and "Adjust density (034)" parameters.
Factory setting:g/cm3
Adjust density (034)Entry
Enter the density of the medium. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the "Height unit (026)" and "Adjust density (034)" parameters.
Factory setting:1.0
Process density (035)Entry
Enter a new density value for density correction.The calibration was carried out with water as the medium, for example. Now the container is to be used for another medium with another density. The calibration is corrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the "Process density (035)" parameter.
If you change to dry calibration after completing a wet calibration using the "Calibration mode (027)" parameter, the density for the "Adjust density (034)" and "Process density (035)" parameters must be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode.
Factory setting:1.0
Level before lin. (019)Display
Displays the level value before linearization table.
Parameter name Description
Lin. mode (037)Options
Select the linearization mode.
Options:• Linear
The level is output without being converted beforehand. "Level before lin. (019)" is output.
• Erase tableThe existing linearization table is deleted.
• Manual entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output): The value pairs of the table ("X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)") are entered manually.
• Semiautomatic entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output): The container is emptied or filled in stages in this entry mode. The device records the level value automatically ("X-value (040) (manual entry)"). The associated volume, mass or %-value is entered manually ("Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)").
• Activate tableThe table entered is activated and checked with this option. The device shows the level after linearization.
Factory setting:Linear
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 137
Unit after lin. (038)Options
Select the unit of the level value after linearization (unit of the Y-value).
Options:• %• cm, dm, m, mm• hl• in3, ft3, m3
• l• in, ft• kg, t• lb• gal• Igal
Factory setting:%
Line numb. (039)Entry
Enter the number of the current point in the table.The subsequent entries in "X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" refer to this point.Input range:1 to 32
X-value (040) (manual entry)X-value (123) (in linear/activ table)X-value (193) (in semi-auto. entry)Entry/Display
Enter the "X-value (040) (manual entry)" (level before linearization) for the specific point in the table and confirm.
• If "Lin. mode (037)" = "Manual entry", the level value must be entered.• If "Lin. mode (037)" = "Semiautomatic entry", the level value is displayed and
must be confirmed by entering the associated Y-value.
Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)Entry/Display
Enter the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" (value after linearization) for the specific point in the table.The unit is determined by "Unit after lin. (038)".
The linearization table must be monotonic (increasing or decreasing).
Edit table (042)Options
Select the function for editing the table.
Options:• Next point: The "Line numb." parameter is incremented by 1. The next point can
be entered.• Current point: stay on the current point to correct a mistake for example.• Previous point: The "Line numb." parameter is decremented by 1. The previous
point can be corrected/entered again.• Insert point: insert an additional point (see example below).• Delete point: delete the current point (see example below).
Example: Add a point - in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.– Select the "Insert point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.– Point 5 is displayed for the "Line numb. (039)" parameter. Enter new values for
the "X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" parameters.
Example: Delete a point - in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.– Select the "Delete point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.– The 5th point is deleted. All of the subsequent points are moved up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:Current point
Tank description (173)Entry
Enter the tank description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Tank content (043)Display
Displays the level value after linearization.
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
138 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Measurement → Flow (Deltabar M)
Parameter name Description
Flow type (044)Options
Select the flow type.
Options:• Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Volume norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe:
1013.25 mbar and 273.15 K (0 °C))• Volume std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in the USA:
1013.25 mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))• Mass (mass under operating conditions)• Flow in %
Factory setting:Volume operat. conditions
Mass flow unit (045)Options
Select mass flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" (044) = Mass
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/d• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d
Factory setting:kg/s
Norm. flow unit (046)Options
Select norm flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" (044) = Volume norm. cond.
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/d
Factory setting:Nm3/s
Std. flow unit (047)Options
Select standard flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" (044) = Volume std. cond.
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/d• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
Factory setting:Sm3/s
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 139
Expert → Measurement → Sensor limits
Flow unit (048)Options
Select volume flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" (044) = Volume operat. cond.
Options:• dm3/s, dm3/min, dm3/h• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/d• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD• ozf/s, ozf/min• gal/s, gal/min, gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d• Igal/s, Igal/min, Igal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Factory setting:m3/s
Max. flow (009)Entry
Enter maximum flow of primary element. See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the maximum pressure which you enter via the "Max. pressure flow" (010) parameter.
Factory setting:100.0
Max. pressure flow (010)Entry
Enter maximum pressure of primary element.See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum flow value (see "Max. flow (009)").
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) of the sensor
Set low-flow cut-off (049)Entry
Enter switch-on point of the flow-flow cut-off. The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 % of the maximum flow value.
Input range:Switch-off point: 0 to 50 % of end flow value ("Max. flow (009)").
A0025191
Factory setting:5 % (of the maximum flow value)
Flow (018)Display
Displays the present flow value.
Parameter name Description
LRL sensor (101)Display
Displays the lower-range limit of the sensor.
URL sensor (102)Display
Displays the upper-range limit of the sensor.
Parameter name Description
6%
5%
0% 0%
QQmax
QQmax
Δ Δp p
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
140 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Measurement → Sensor trim
8.11.3 Communication
Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA Info
Expert → Communication → PROFIBUS PA conf
Expert → Communication → Analog input 1
Parameter name Description
Lo trim measured (129)Display
Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the lower calibration point.
Hi trim measured (130)Display
Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the upper calibration point.
Lo trim sensor (131)Display
Internal service parameter.
Hi trim sensor (132)Display
Internal service parameter.
Parameter name Description
Ident number (225)Display
Displays the set identification number.
Profile revision (227)Display
Displays the profile version of the device.
Parameter name Description
Addressing (228)Display
Displays the addressing mode: via hardware (DIP switch) or software.
Factory setting:Software
Bus address (233)Display
Displays the set bus address.
Factory setting:126
Ident number sel (229)Options
For entering the identification number of the device. For more information, see Section 6.4.4.
Options:• Auto ident number: Adaption mode of the device• Profile: 0x9700• Manufacturer-specific: 0x1553 (Cerabar), 0x1554 (Deltabar), 0x1555
(Deltapilot)• Compatibility mode: 0x151C (Cerabar), 0x1503 (Deltapilot) "Auto ident number"
Factory setting:Auto ident number
Cond.status diag (234)Display/Options
Displays whether "Condensed status" or "Classic status" is set. Further informations see Chap. 6.4.4.
Factory setting:Condensed status
Parameter name Description
Channel (171)Display
Displays the Transducer Block measured variable that is used.
Factory setting:Primary value
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 141
Expert → Communication → Analog input 2
Output value (Out Value) (224)Display
Displays the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input 1 Block.
Status (196)Display
Displays the output status (Out Status) of the Analog Input 1 Block.
Filt. time const. (197)Entry
For entering the damping time of the Analog Input 1 Block.
Factory setting:0.0 sec.
Fail safe mode (198)Options
Specifies the output value of the Analog Input 1 in case of an error.
Options:• Fail safe value• Last valid out val.• Status BAD
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe default (199)Entry
Substitute value in case of an error.
Prerequisite:• "Fail safe mode (198)" = Fail safe value
Factory setting:0.0
Parameter name Description
Channel (230) (Cerabar/Deltapilot) Channel (231) (Deltabar) Options
Select the Transducer Block measured variable to be used.
Options:• Totalizer 2 (Deltabar)• Level before lin. (019)• Pressure• Temperature (Cerabar/Deltapilot)
Factory setting:Pressure
Output value (Out Value) (201)Display
Output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input 2 Block.
Status (202)Display
Output status (Out Status) of the Analog Input 2 Block.
Filt. time const. (203)Entry
For entering the damping time of the Analog Input 2 Block.
Factory setting:0.0 sec.
Fail safe mode (204)Options
Specifies the output value of the Analog Input 2 in case of an error.
Options:• Fail safe value• Last valid out val.• Status BAD
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe default (205)Entry
Substitute value in the event of an error.
Prerequisite:• "Fail safe mode (204)" = Fail safe value
Factory setting:0.0
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
142 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Communication → Analog output 1
Expert → Communication → Analog output 2
Parameter name Description
Fail safe time (206)Options
For entering the damping time of the Analog output 1 Block.
Factory setting:0.0 sec.
Fail safe mode (207)Options
Specifies the output value of the Analog output 1 in case of an error.
Options:• Fail safe value• Last valid out val.• Status BAD
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe default (208)Entry
Substitute value in the event of an error.
Prerequisite:• "Fail safe mode (207)" = Fail safe value
Factory setting:0.0
Input value (209)Display
Displays the value that is sent to the device.
Input status (220)Display
Displays the status that is sent to the device.
Unit (211)Options
For entering the unit for the value that is sent to the device.Options:• %• Pressure units• Flow units• Level units• Temperature units• Unknown
Factory setting:Unknown
Parameter name Description
Fail safe time (212)Options
Enter the damping time of the Analog output 1 Block.
Factory setting:0.0 sec.
Fail safe mode (213)Options
Specifies the output value of the Analog output 1 in the event of an error.
Options:• Fail safe value• Last valid out val.• Status BAD
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe default (214)Entry
Substitute value in the event of an error.
Prerequisite:• "Fail safe mode (213)" = Fail safe value
Factory setting:0.0
Input value (215)Display
Displays the value that is sent to the device.
Input status (223)Display
Displays the status that is sent to the device.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 143
Expert → Communication → Totalizer 1 (Deltabar)
With the "Flow in %" flow type setting, the totalizer is not available and is not displayed at this position.
Unit (217)Options
For entering the unit for the value that is sent to the device.Options:• Pressure units, temperature units
Parameter name Description
Channel (218)Display
Displays the measured variable that is used as input value for the channel.
Factory setting:Flow
Eng.unit total.1 (058) (059) (060) (061)Options
Select unit for totalizer 1.
OptionsDepending on the setting in the "Flow type (044)" parameter ( ä 138), this parameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units. When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flow mode is change, the totalizer value is not converted.
The Direct Access Code depends on the selected "Flow type (044)":– (058): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (059): Flow. meas. type "Volume norm. cond."– (060): Flow. meas. type "Volume std. cond."– (061): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3 (Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond.")
Totalizer 1 mode (175)Options
Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative)• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only
Total. 1 failsafe (221)Options
Set the failsafe mode of the totalizer.
Options:• Actual value (It is integrated with the current flow value on.)• Hold (stop the totalizer)• Memory (the totalizer continues running with the last valid value)
Factory setting:Actual value
Total.1 value (219)Options
Set the totalizer to zero or a predefined value.
Options:• Totalize (normal function of the totalizer)• Reset (totalizer is reset to zero)• Preset (totalizer is set to a predefined value (see "Preset value (222)").)
Factory setting:Totalize
Preset value (222)Entry
Value for setting the totalizer to a predefined value, see option "Preset" of "Total.1 value (219)".
Factory setting:0.0
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
144 Endress+Hauser
8.11.4 Application
Expert → Application (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)
Expert → Application → Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)
With the "Flow in %" flow type setting, the totalizer is not available and is not displayed at this position.
Totalizer 1 (261)Display
Displays the totalizer value.
Status (236)Display
Displays the totalizer status.
Parameter name Description
Electr. Delta P (158) (Cerabar / Deltapilot)Options
This funcion activates the electr. delta P application with an external or constant value.
Options:• Off• Ext. value2• Constant
Factory setting:Off
Fixed ext. value (174) (Cerabar / Deltapilot)Entry
Use this function to enter the constant value for the electr. delta P application.The value refers to "Press. eng. unit (125)"
Factory setting:0.0
Ext. val. 2 (259)Display
Displays the PROFIBUS input value 2 (Analog Output 2).
Ext. val. 2 status (260)Display
Displays the status of the PROFIBUS input value 2 (Analog Output 2).
Parameter name Description
Eng. unit totalizer 2(065) (066) (067) (068)Options
Select the unit for totalizer 2.
The Direct Access Code depends on the selected "Flow type (044)":– (065): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (066): Flow. meas. type "Gas norm. cond."– (067): Flow. meas. type "Gas. std. cond."– (068): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3
Totalizer 2 mode (177)Options
Define the behavior of the totalizer 2.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative)• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 145
8.11.5 Diagnosis
Expert → Diagnosis
Total. 2 failsafe (178)Options
Define the behavior of the totalizer in the case of an error.
Options:• Actual value (It is integrated with the current flow value on.)• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Actual value
Totalizer 2 (069)Display
Displays the totalizer value. The Totalizer 2 overflow (070) parameter displays the overflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 1: 3456789 m3
– Totalizer 1 overflow: 12 E7 m3
Totalizer 2 overflow (070)Display
Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.See also "Totalizer 2 (069)".
Parameter name Description
Diagnostic code (071)Display
Displays the diagnostic message with the highest priority currently present.
Last diag. code (072)Display
Displays the last diagnostic message that occurred and was rectified.
The messages listed in the Last diag. code (072) parameter can be deleted via the "Reset logbook (159)" parameter.
Reset logbook (159)Options
With this parameter, you reset all the messages of the "Last diag. code (072)" parameter and the "Last diag. 1 (085)" to "Last diag. 10 (094)" event log.
Options: • Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:Abort
Min. meas. press. (073)Display
Displays the lowest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold (161)" parameter.
Max. meas. press. (074)Display
Displays the highest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold (161)" parameter.
Reset peakhold (161)Options
You can reset the "Min. meas. press." and "Max. meas. press." indicators with this parameter.
Options: • Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:Abort
Alarm behav. P (050)Options
Set the measured value status for when the sensor limits are exceeded or undershot.
Options: • Warning
The device continues measuring. An error message is displayed. "UNCERTAIN" is displayed for the measured value status.
• Alarm"BAD" is displayed for the measured value status. An error message is displayed.
Factory setting:Warning
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
146 Endress+Hauser
Expert → Diagnosis → Diagnostic list
Expert → Diagnosis → Event logbook
Expert → Diagnosis → Simulation
Operating hours (162)Display
Displays the operating hours of the device. This parameter cannot be reset.
Config. counter (100)Display
Displays the configuration counter.This counter is increased by one every time a parameter or group is changed. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Parameter name Description
Diagnostic 1 (075)Diagnostic 2 (076)Diagnostic 3 (077)Diagnostic 4 (078)Diagnostic 5 (079)Diagnostic 6 (080)Diagnostic 7 (081)Diagnostic 8 (082)Diagnostic 9 (083)Diagnostic 10 (084)
These parameters contain up to ten diagnosis messages that are currently pending, arranged in order of priority.
Parameter name Description
Last diag. 1 (085)Last diag. 2 (086)Last diag. 3 (087)Last diag. 4 (088)Last diag. 5 (089)Last diag. 6 (090)Last diag. 7 (091)Last diag. 8 (092)Last diag. 9 (093)Last diag. 10 (094)
These parameters contain the last occured 10 diagnosis messages that have been rectified.They can be reset using the "Reset logbook (159)" parameter.Errors which have occurred multiple times are displayed once only.
Parameter name Description
Simulation mode (112)Options
Switch on the simulation mode and select the simulation type. Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or Lin. mode (037) level mode is changed.
Options: • None • Pressure, see this table, "Sim. pressure (113)" parameter• Level, see this table, "Sim. level (115)" parameter• Flow, see this table, "Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar)" parameter• Tank content, see this table, "Sim. tank cont. (116)" parameter• Alarm/warning, see this table, "Sim. error no. (118)" parameter
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 147
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
Electr. Delta P
P
Pressure Level
Simulation value:- Level- Tank content
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Deltabar M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
P
Pressure Level Simulation value:- Level- Tank content
Flow Simulation value:- Flow
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Sim. pressure (113) Entry
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode (112)" = Pressure
Value when switched on:Current pressure measured value
Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar)Entry
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Flow and "Simulation mode (112)" = Flow
Parameter name Description
Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
148 Endress+Hauser
8.12 Saving or duplicating device dataThe device does not have a memory module. With an operating tool based on FDT technology (e.g. FieldCare), the following options are, however, available (see "Download select." parameter ä 129 in the operating menu or via the Physical Block ä 165.):• Storage/recovery of configuration data • Duplication of device parameters• Transfer of all relevant parameters when replacing electronic inserts.
For further information, please refer to the Operating Instructions for the FieldCare operating program.
Sim. level (115)Entry
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Level and "Simulation mode (112)" = Level
Sim. tank cont. (116)Entry
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisites:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Level, Lin. mode (037) = "Activate table" and
"Simulation mode (112)" = Tank content.
Sim. error no. (118)Entry
Enter the diagnostic message number.See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode (112)" = Alarm/warning
Value when switched on:484 (Simulation mode (112) active)
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 149
9 Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
WARNING!
Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too high.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICEShortfall of the allowable working pressure!Output of messages if pressure is too low.‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P" "S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
9.1 Function checkCarry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist ä 38• "Post-connection check" checklist ä 44
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
150 Endress+Hauser
9.2 CommissioningThe procedure for commissioning and operating the FieldCare program is described in the integrated FieldCare online help.
Proceed as follows to commission the device:
1. Check the hardware write protection on the electronic insert ( ä 54, Section 6.3.5 "Locking/unlocking operation").The "Lock switch (120)" parameter indicates the status of the hardware write protection (Menu path: Expert System or Expert Communication Physical Block PB Parameter Device)
2. Enter the tag name via the "TAG" parameter. (Menu path: Expert System Instrument info or Setup Extended Setup Instrument Info)
3. Assign the device an address in the bus:Operating program of the DP Class 2 master such as FieldCare: ( ä 60, Section 6.4.5 "Device identification and addressing" or via the address switch.
4. Configure the manufacturer-specific device parameters via the Setup menu or configure the Transducer Block Configure the Analog Output BlockConfigure the Totalizer Block (Deltabar).
5. Configure the Physical Block (menu path: Expert Communication Physical Block)
6. Configure the Analog Input Block or AI-Block.– In the Analog Input Block, the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance
with the requirements of the automation system ( ä 151, Section 9.3.1 "Scaling the output value (Out Value)" ).
– Set limit values if necessary.
7. Configure cyclic data transmission ( ä 62, Section 6.4.6 "System integration" and ä 65, Section 6.4.7 "Cyclic data exchange").
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 151
9.3 Output value (Out Value)
9.3.1 Scaling the output value (Out Value)In the Analog Input Block, the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance with the automation requirements.
Example:
The measuring range 0 to 500 mbar should be rescaled to 0 to 10000.• Select the "Proc value scale" group.
Menu path: Expert Communication Analog input 1 AI parameter Proc value scale– Enter "0" as the lower value.– Enter "500" as the upper value.
• Select the "Output scale" group.Menu path: Expert Communication Analog input 1 AI parameter Output scale– For EU_0_PERCENT (lower value), enter "0".– For EU_100_PERCENT (upper value), enter "10000". – For UNITS_INDEX (unit), select "User unit" for example.
The unit selected here does not have any effect on the scaling. • Result:
At a pressure of 350 mbar, the value 7000 is output to the PLC as the output value (OUT Value).
A0030345
CAUTION!
Note Dependencies when setting parameters!‣ The output value (Out Value) can only be scaled via remote operation (e.g. FieldCare).‣ When a unit changes within a measuring mode (pressure, flow - flow type), the values
for "Proc value scale" and "Output scale" are converted. When a unit changes within a measuring mode, the "Proc value scale" is converted and "Output scale" is updated.
‣ If the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. The device has to be recalibrated if the measuring mode is changed.
Analog Input Block
0 10.7
0.7
1
0
500 mbar
0 mbar10000 0.7 100000 ⋅
Lower value
EU_100_
MEASURED VALUE= 350 mbarOutputTransducer Block
Proc value scale
affects the bargraph OUT Value, AI Blockto PLC, here for example
Output scale
EU_0_
Upper value
10000 0.7 (7000)⋅
PERCENT PERC.
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
152 Endress+Hauser
‣ 2 AIs are available. The first is assigned to the primary value and the second can be assigned to a second measured variable. Both must be scaled accordingly.
‣ When the configuration (measuring mode, unit, scaling) is changed in the Transducer Block, the values of "Proc value scale" and "Output scale" are automatically set equal to the Transducer Block scaling.
‣ The unit of "Proc value scale" is the primary value unit of the Transducer Block.‣ The configuration of the AI Block 1 is automatically updated with the Transducer Block
configuration (if the configuration of the Transducer Block is changed in the Setup menu, this change is copied to the AI Block). This means that the configuration of the AI Blocks must be performed at the end, as the configuration would be overwritten by the setup otherwise.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 153
9.4 Electrical differential pressure measurement with gauge pressure sensors (Cerabar M or Deltapilot M)
Example:In the example given, two Cerabar M or Deltapilot M devices (each with a gauge pressure sensor) are interconnected. The pressure difference can thus be measured using two independent Cerabar M or Deltapilot M devices.
For a description of the parameters mentioned Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
A0030415
Fig. 41: 1 Shut-off valves2 E.g. filter3 PA HOST System
1.)
2.)
The output of the Analog Input Block of the device on the high-pressure is read by the PLC and sent as an output variable via the input of the Analog Output 2 block of the device on the low-pressure side. Here, the "Unit" of Analog Output 2 must be set to a pressure unit (the same unit as the unit of the device on the high-pressure side).
Cerabar M
Á11
2
3
DescriptionAdjustment of the Cerabar M/Deltapilot M on the high-pressure side in the Transducer Block
1 Open the Transducer Block.
2 Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" or "Transmitter type" parameter.
3 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit" parameter (125), here "mbar" for example.
4 The Cerabar M/Deltapilot M is unpressurized, perform position adjustment, see ä 86.
5 Set the Transducer Block to the "Auto" block mode. Where necessary, configure via the Analog Input Block "Channel" parameter and output scaling ( ä 168).
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
154 Endress+Hauser
3.)
CAUTION!
Note Dependencies when setting parameters!‣ It is not permitted to reverse the assignment of the measuring points and the direction
of communication.‣ The measured value of the transmitting device must always be greater than the
measured value of the receiving device (via the "Electr. delta P" function).‣ Adjustments that result in an offset of the pressure values (e.g. position adjustment,
trim) must always be performed in accordance with the individual sensor and its orientation, independently of the "Electr. Delta P" application. Other settings result in non-permitted use of the "Electr. Delta P" function and can lead to incorrect measured values.
‣ In order to be able to transmit the "BAD" status of the transmitting device (high-pressure side) to the receiver device (low-pressure side), the "Fail safe mode (198)" parameter of the analog input of the device on the high-pressure side and the "Fail safe mode (213)" parameter of analog output 2 of the device on the low-pressure side must be set to "Status BAD".
DescriptionAdjustment of the Cerabar M/Deltapilot M on the low-pressure side (the differential is generated in this device) in the Transducer Block
1 Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" or "Transmitter type" parameter.
2 Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
3 The Cerabar M/Deltapilot M is unpressurized, perform position adjustment, see ä 86.
4 Select "Ext. value 2" via the "Electr. Delta P (158) (Cerabar / Deltapilot)" parameter.
5 Select the desired pressure unit via the "Unit" parameter in the Analog Output 2 Block (here "mbar" for example).
6 The current measured values and status information returned by the device on the high-pressure side can be read via the "Ext. value 2" and "Ext. val. 2 status" parameters.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 155
9.5 Description of parameters
9.5.1 Block modelThe Cerabar M/Deltabar M/Deltapilot M has the following blocks:• Physical Block• Analog Input Block 1 / Analog Input Block 2• Analog Output Block 1 / Analog Output Block 2• Totalizer Block (Deltabar M)• Transducer Block
9.5.2 Physical Block
Expert Communication Physical Block PB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Block objectDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 16
The "Block object" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 13 elements. This parameter describes the characteristics of the Physical Block.
Reserved profile parameter• 250 = not used
Block object• 1 = Physical Block
Parent class• 1 = Transmitter
Class• 250 = not used
Device rev.• 1
Device rev. comp• 1
DD_revision• 0 (for future use)
Profile• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile in the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
Profile revision• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profile 3.02)
Execution time• 0 (for future use)
No. of parameters• Number of parameters of the Physical Block, here: 110
Index of View 1 Fb• Address of the "PB view 1" parameter, here: 0x00, 0x7E
Number of view lists• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".
Static rev. no.Display
Index: 0Slot: 17
Displays the static revision counter for the parameters of the Physical Block.The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the Physical Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0
TAGEntry
Slot: 0Index: 18
Enter device tag e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
156 Endress+Hauser
StrategyEntry
Slot: 0Index: 19
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks. Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the "Strategy" parameter of the block in question.
Input range:0 to 65535
Factory setting:0
Alert keyEntry
Slot: 0Index: 20
Enter the user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).The process control system can use this information to sort alarms and events that were generated by this block.
Input range:0 to 255
Factory setting:0
Target modeOptions
Slot: 0Index: 21
Select the desired block mode. Only the "Automatic (Auto)" mode can be selected for the Physical Block.
Options: • Automatic (Auto)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
Block modeDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 22
The "Block mode" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic mode (Auto), manual user intervention (Man) and out of service (O/S). The Physical Block only works in the automatic mode (Auto) and out of service (O/S).
Actual mode• Displays the current block mode.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Permitted mode• Displays the modes supported by the block.• Factory setting: 8 = automatic (Auto)
Normal mode• Displays the normal working mode of the block.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Alarm summaryDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 23
The "Alarm summary" is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
Current alarm summary• Displays the current alarms• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Firmware versionDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 24
Displays the software version.E.g.: 01.00.10
Hardware Rev.Display
Slot: 0Index: 25
Displays the revision number of the main electronics.E.g. 01.00.00
Manufacturer IDDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 26
Displays the manufacturer number in decimal numerical format.Here: 17 Endress+Hauser
Expert Communication Physical Block PB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 157
Device name str.Display
Slot: 0Index: 27
Displays the name of the device.Possible names: Cerabar M, Deltabar M or Deltapilot M
Serial numberDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 28
Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).
DiagnosisDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 29
The "Diagnosis" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.This parameter displays bit-encoded profile alarms that are pending. Several alarm messages can occur at any one time. If the highest bit of the fourth byte is set to 1, see the "Diag extension" (see this table) and "Advanced diagnostics 7 (Diag add ext.)" ( ä 163) parameters display additional messages.
Diagnose • Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0
Diag extensionDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 30
The "Diag extension" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.This parameter displays bit-encoded manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings that are pending. Several alarm messages can occur at any one time. In addition, the "Advanced diagnostics 7 (Diag add ext.)" parameter ( ä 163) can display additional alarm messages and warnings.
Extended diagnostics 1, 2• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Extended diagnostics 3, 4• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Extended diagnostics 5, 6• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Diag maskDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 31
The "Diag mask" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.This parameter describes what profile alarms are supported by the device. Bit = 0: alarm is not supported; Bit = 1: alarm is supported.
Diag mask A• 0xB1, 0x24
Diag mask B• 0x0, 0x80
Diag mask ExDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 32
This parameter describes what manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings are supported by the device. Bit = 0: alarm is not supported; Bit = 1: alarm is supported.
Dev. certificat.Display
Slot: 0Index: 33
Displays the certificate.
Expert Communication Physical Block PB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
158 Endress+Hauser
Write lockingEntry
Slot: 0Index: 34
Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The -symbol on the onsite display indicates that operation is locked. Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. "Language (000)", can still be modified.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again by means of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of remote operation e.g. FieldCare, you can only unlock operation again by means of remote operation.
Options: • Lock: Enter the number 0.• Unlock: Enter the number 2457.
Factory setting:2457
Enter reset codeEntry
Slot: 0Index: 35
Reset parameters completely or partially to the factory values or order configuration using the "Enter reset code".
Factory setting:0
Additional info.Entry
Slot: 0Index: 36
Enter the tag description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:Empty field or as per order specifications
MessageEntry
Slot: 0Index: 37
Enter the user-specific "Message", e.g. a description of the device in the application or plant (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
Install. dateEntry
Slot: 0Index: 38
Enter the installation date of the device (max. 16 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:Empty field
Ident number selOptions
Slot: 0Index: 40
Select the device master data (GSD file)
Cerabar M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1553: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x151C: Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Cerabar M PMC41,
PMC45, PMP41, PMP45, PMP46, PMP48. See Operating Instructions BA00222P.
Deltabar M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1554: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)
Deltapilot M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1555: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1503: Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Deltapilot S DB50,
DB50L, DB51, DB52 or DB53. See Operating Instructions BA00164F.
Lock switchDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 41
Displays the status of DIP switch 1 (on) on the electronic insert.You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch 1. If operation is locked by means of the "Write locking" parameter, you can only unlock operation again by means of this parameter ("Write locking" ä 158).
Display: • On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:Off (locking switched off)
Expert Communication Physical Block PB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 159
FeatureDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 42
Displays optional features implemented in the device, and the status of these features. It indicates whether the feature is supported or not.The settings are based on the actual identification number of the device. The "Classic" and "Condensed" status modes are supported in the profile Ident_Number and both are set in the feature.Only the "Classic" status are supported in the compatibility mode (old identification number). Only the "Condensed" status is supported with the new identification number.
Cond.status diagDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 43
Indicates the mode of a device that can be configured for status and diagnostic behavior.
Options: • Condensed status • Classic status
Factory setting:Condensed status
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Diagnostic codeDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 54
Displays the current message present. See also these Operating Instructions, Section 11.1 "Messages".The "Status (Device Status)" field and the "Diagnostic code" display the message with the highest priority.
Last diag. codeSlot: 0Index: 55
Displays the last message that occurred and have been already fixed.
• The messages listed in the Last diag. code parameter can be deleted via the "Reset logbook" parameter.
Bus addressDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 59
Displays the device address in the PROFIBUS PA bus.You can configure the address either locally on the electronic insert (hardware addressing) or via the software (software addressing). Using a DIP switch on the electronic insert, you can specify whether the hardware or software address is active.
Factory setting:126
Set unit to busOptions
Slot: 0Index: 61
The onsite display and the "Primary value" parameter display the same value as standard. The digital output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block "Output value (Out Value)" is independent of the onsite display and the "Primary value".
The following options are available to make the onsite display, the "Primary value" and the digital output value (Out Value) display the same value.• Set the values for the lower and upper limit of the "Proc value scale" ( ä 168)
and "Output scale" ( ä 168) as equal in the Analog Input Block• Via the "Set unit to bus" parameter, confirm the "On" option. Confirming the
option automatically sets the limits for "Proc value scale" and "Output scale" to equal values.
If you confirm the "Set unit to bus" parameter, please note that a change in the digital output value (Out Value) can affect the control system.
Expert Communication Physical Block PB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
160 Endress+Hauser
Ext. value 1Display
Slot: 0Index: 62
The "Ext. value 1" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.The value and status displayed here is transmitted to the device via Analog Output Block 1 by the PLC. The "Ext. value 1" can be displayed on the onsite display (see Fig. 31 and the "Display mode" parameter).
Ext. val. 1• Factory setting: 0.0
Ext. val. 1 status• Factory setting: BAD
Ext. val. 1 avail.• This element indicates whether the PLC is sending a value to the device.
0: The PLC is not sending a value, along with the status, to the device.1: The PLC is sending a value, along with the status, to the device.
• Factory setting: 0
Profile revisionDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 64
Displays the profile version, here: 3.02.
Reset logbookOptions
Slot: 0Index: 65
Use this parameter to reset all the messages of the "Last diag. code" parameter.
Options: • Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:Abort
Ident number (Ident_Number)Display
Slot: 0Index: 66
Displays the device identification number and the selected device master data (GSD file).Select the device master data (GSD file) via the "Ident number sel" parameter ( ä 158).
Cerabar M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1553: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x151C: Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Cerabar M PMC41,
PMC45, PMP41, PMP45, PMP46, PMP48. See Operating Instructions BA00222P.
Deltabar M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1554: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)
Deltapilot M:• 0x9700: Profile GSD• 0x1555: Device-specific GSD (factory setting)• 0x1503: Device-specific GSD. The device behaves like a Deltapilot S DB50,
DB50L, DB51, DB52 or DB53. See Operating Instructions BA00164F.
Check conf.Display
Slot: 0Index: 67
Function to check whether the configuration of a Class 1 master was accepted in the device for cyclic data exchange.
Display: • 0 (configuration not OK) • 1 (configuration OK)
Factory setting:0
Order numberDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 69
Device order code.
Factory setting:As defined per order.
Tag locationEntry
Slot: 0Index: 70
User ID description of the slot module location.
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 161
SignatureEntry
Slot: 0Index: 71
Enter the signature.
Factory setting:As per order specifications
ENP versionDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 72
This parameter indicates the version of the standard for electronic nameplates supported by the device.
Factory setting:2.02.00
Device diag.Display
Slot: 0Index: 73
Contains the device diagnostic in bit-encoded format (bit string). Allows access to all the diagnostic data of the device via one single acyclic read command.
Ext. order codeDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 74
Display the extended order code.
Factory settingAs per order specifications
Service lockingEntry
Slot: 0Index: 75
Internal service parameter.
Up/Dl featureDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 76
Describes the function supported by the device.
Factory setting3
Updl controlDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 77
Control parameter for parameter transaction.
Factory settingpassive
Updl statusDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 78
Status information on the current status of the parameter transaction.
Factory settingData transfer status OK
Updl veri delayEntry
Slot: 0Index: 79
Delay between the end of the download and the activation of the new configuration. After this delay, the "Updl status" parameter must be updated correctly. A device restart may be required.
Factory setting120
Up/Dl revDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 80
Version of the upload/download specification.
Factory setting1
Config. counterDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 89
Displays the configuration counter.This counter is increased by 1 every time a configuration parameter or group is changed. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Operating hoursDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 90
Displays the operating hours of the device. This parameter cannot be reset.
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
162 Endress+Hauser
Sim. error no.Entry
Slot: 0Index: 91
Enter the diagnostic message number.See also "Simulation mode".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode" = Alarm/warning
Value when switched on:484 (Simulation mode active)
Sim. messagesEntry
Slot: 0Index: 92
Enter the message number for simulation.
Prerequisite: • Simulation = alarm/warning
Factory setting:484 "Simul error" (simulation active)
LanguageOptions
Slot: 0Index: 93
Select language.
Options:• English• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)
Factory setting:English
Device name str.Display
Slot: 0Index: 94
Displays the name of the device.Possible names: Cerabar M, Deltabar M or Deltapilot M
Display modeOptions
Slot: 0Index: 95
Specify the contents for the first line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Options:• Main value only (value+bar graph)• External value1 only (value+status)• All alternating (main value+secondary value+Ext. value 1+Ext. val. 2 (259))
Ext. value 1 and Ext. val. 2 (259) are only displayed if the PLC sends these values to the device.
Factory setting:Main value only
Add. disp. valueOptions
Slot: 0Index: 96
Specify the contents for the second line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Options:• No value• Pressure• Main value (%) • Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)• Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)• Temperature (Cerabar/Deltapilot)
The options depend on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:No value
Format 1st valueOptions
Slot: 0Index: 97
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line.
Options:• Auto• x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:Auto
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 163
Format 1st valueDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 98
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line.
Options:• Auto• x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:Auto
Status (Device Status)Display
Slot: 0Index: 99
Provides information on the current status of the device.
Display:• Good• Failure• Function check• Maintenance req.• Out of spec.
Format ext. val. 2Options
Slot: 0Index: 100
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line.
Options:• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:x.x
Advanced diagnostics 7 (Diag add ext.)Display
Slot: 0Index: 101
This parameter displays bit-encoded manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings that are pending. Several alarm messages can occur at any one time. In addition, the "Diag extension" parameter ( ä 157) can display additional alarm messages and warnings.
Factory setting:0x0, 0x0
Diag mask add ext.Display
Slot: 0Index: 102
This parameter describes what manufacturer-specific alarms and warnings are supported by the device. Bit = 0: alarm is not supported; Bit = 1: alarm is supported.
Electr. serial no.Display
Slot: 0Index: 103
Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).
Diagnostic codeDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 104
Displays the current message present. See also these Operating Instructions, Chap. 11.1 "Messages".The "Status" (Slot 0 Index 99) field and the "Diagnostic code" parameter display the message with the highest priority.
Sw build nr.Display
Slot: 0Index: 105
This parameter displays the software build number.
LockstateDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 106
Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device (hardware locking, software locking).
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
164 Endress+Hauser
Com.err.countersDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 107
This parameter is a structured parameter and monitors PROFIBUS communication-specific errors on the lowest communication layers."Frame CRC error": number of received frames with a PA CRC error."Frame delim. err.": number of received frames with an incorrect ASIC start delimitation character."Frame length err.": number of received frames with incorrect number of the received byte."Frame retry err.": number of time the master has tried to run a retry request."Frame type error.": number of received frames with a damaged first frame delimitation character.
AddressingDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 108
Displays the addressing mode: via hardware (DIP switch) or software.
Factory setting:Software
Alarm behav. POptions
Slot: 0Index: 109
Set the measured value status for when the sensor limits are exceeded or undershot.
Options: • Warning
The device continues measuring. An error message is displayed. "UNCERTAIN" is displayed for the measured value status.
• Alarm"BAD" is displayed for the measured value status. An error message is displayed.
Factory setting:Warning
Maintenance instructionsDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 110
Displays the diagnostic message with the highest priority currently present (Record with the 10 highest active warnings/error messages).
Operator codeEntry
Slot: 0Index: 111
Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
User input: • To lock: Enter a number the release code (value range: 0 to 9999).• To unlock: Enter the release code.
The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be defined in the "Code definition" parameter.If the user has forgotten the release code, the release code can be visible by entering the number "5864".
Factory setting:0
Format ext. val. 1Options
Slot: 0Index: 112
Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the main line.
Options:• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:x.x
ResetEntry
Slot: 0Index: 113
Reset parameters completely or partially to the factory values or order configuration by entering a reset code.
Factory setting:0
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 165
Code definitionEntry
Slot: 0Index: 114
Use this function to enter a release code with which the device can be unlocked.
User input: • A number between 0 and 9999
Factory setting:0
DIP switchDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 115
Displays the status of the active DIP switches.
Last diag. codeDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 116
Record with the last diagnostic message that occurred and was rectified.
• Digital communication: the last message is displayed.• The messages listed in the Last diag. code parameter can be deleted via the
"Reset logbook" parameter.
InstructionsDisplay
Slot: 0Index: 117
Instructions for resolving the highest active warning/error message.
Download select.Display
Slot: 0Index: 118
Select the data records for the upload/download function in Fieldcare and PDM.
Prerequisite:DIP switch 1, 3, 4 and 5 set to "OFF", DIP switch 2 set to "ON" (see picture in Chap. 6.2.1)). A download with the "Configuration copy" factory setting causes the device to download all the parameters required for a measurement. The setting "Electronics replace" only takes effect if an appropriate release code is entered in the "Operator code" parameter.
Options:• Configuration copy: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for the serial number, order number, calibration, position adjustment, and application.
• Device replacement: With this option, general configuration parameters are overwritten except for the serial number, order number, calibration and position adjustment.
• Electronics replace: This option contains all parameters from "Configuration copy" and "Device replacement" and: "position adjustment", "sensor trimm", "serial number", "order number".
Factory setting:Configuration copy
PB view 1Display
Slot: 0Index: 126
Group of Physical Block parameters that are read as one via a communication request. The "PB view 1" comprises:
• Static rev. no.• Block mode • Alarm summary • Diagnosis
Expert Communikation Physical Block PB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
166 Endress+Hauser
9.5.3 Analog Input Block 1 / Analog Input Block 2
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Block objectDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 16
The "Block object" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 13 elements. This parameter describes the characteristics of the Analog Input Block.
Reserved profile parameter• 250 = not used
Block object• 2 = Function Block
Parent class• 1 = Input
Class• 1 = Analog Input
Device rev.• 1
Device rev. comp• 1
DD_revision• 0 (for future use)
Profile• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile in the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
Profile revision• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profile 3.02)
Execution time• 0 (for future use)
No. of parameters• Number of parameters of the Analog Input Block, here: 46
Index of View 1• Address of the "AI view 1" parameter, here: AI1 = 0x01, 0x3E; AI2 = 0x02, 0x3E
Number of view lists• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".
Static rev. no.Display
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 17
Displays the static revision for the parameters of the Analog Input Block.The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the Analog Input Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0
TAGEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 18
Enter device tag e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
StrategyEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 19
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks. Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the "Strategy" parameter of the block in question.
Input range:0 to 65535
Factory setting:0
Alert keyEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 20
Enter the user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).The process control system can use this information to sort alarms and events that were generated by this block.
Input range:0 to 255
Factory setting:0
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 167
Target modeOptions
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 21
Select the desired block mode.
Options: • Automatic (Auto)• Manual (Man)• Out of service (O/S)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
Block modeDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 22
The "Block mode" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic mode (Auto), manual user intervention (Man) and out of service (O/S).
Actual mode• Displays the current block mode.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Permitted mode• Displays the modes supported by the block.• Factory setting: 152 = automatic (Auto), manual user intervention or out of
service
Normal mode• Displays the normal working mode of the block.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Alarm summaryDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 23
The "Alarm summary" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
Current alarm summary• Displays the current alarms• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Batch informationEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 24
The "Batch information" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.This parameter is used in batch processes in accordance with IEC 61512 Part 1 (ISA S88). The "Batch information" parameter is required in a decentralized automation system to identify the input channels used. In addition, the errors occurring for the current batch process can also be displayed.
Batch ID• Enter the ID of a batch application so you can assign device messages, such as
alarms etc.
Batch unit (no. of recipe unit procedure or of the unit)• Enter the recipe code required for the batch application or the related unit, such
as the reactor for example.
Batch operation• Enter the recipe currently available.
Batch phase• Enter the current recipe phase.
Output value (Out Value)Display/Entry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 26
The "Output value (Out Value)" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Output value (Out Value)• Displays the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block.
Out status• Displays the status of the Output value (Out Value)
If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the "Block mode" parameter, the output value (Out Value) "Output value (Out Value)" and its status can be specified manually here.
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
168 Endress+Hauser
Proc value scaleEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 27
Scale the input value of the Analog Input Block.
Lower value:• Enter the lower value for the input value of the Analog Input Block.• Factory setting: 0
Upper value:• Enter the upper value for the input value of the Analog Input Block.• Factory setting: 100
Example: ä 151
Output scaleEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 28
Scale the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block. See also this table, "Proc value scale" parameter description.
Lower value:• Enter the lower limit for the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block.• Factory setting: 0
Upper value:• Enter the upper limit for the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Input Block.• Factory setting: 100
Unit:• Select the unit. The unit selected here does not have any effect on the scaling.
This unit is only editable in the operating program.• Factory setting: %
Decimal point:• Specify the number of decimal places for the output value (Out Value).• Factory setting: 0
CharacterizationOptions
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 29
This parameter is used to set the characteristic type for the Analog Input Block ever linear.
ChannelEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 30
This parameter is used to assign a process variable of the Transducer Block to the input of the Analog Input Block.AI2 options:• Pressure (0x011D)• Level before lin. (0x0152)• Totalizer 2 (0x18A) (Deltabar)• Sensor temperature (0x011B) (Deltapilot/Cerabar)
Factory setting:AI1: Measured value (digital value 0x0112) (fixed setting)AI2: Pressure (digital value 0x011D)
Filt. time const.Entry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 32
Enter the filter time constant for the 1st order digital filter. This time is required in order for 63 % of a change in the Analog Input Block (input value) to have an effect on the "Output value (Out Value)". See also the "Damping" parameter description ( ä 190).
If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the "Target mode" parameter, the time entered here does not affect the output value (Out Value).
Factory setting:0.0 s
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 169
Fail safe modeOptions
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 33
If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status BAD, the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of this parameter.
The following options are available by means of the "Fail safe mode" parameter:• Last valid out val.
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.• Fail safe value
The value specified by means of the "Failsafe default" parameter is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN. See this table, "Failsafe default" parameter description.
• Status BADThe current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
The BAD status is anyway activated if the "Out of service" (O/S) option was selected by means of the "Target mode" parameter.
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe defaultEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 34
Enter the value for the "Fail safe value" option selected via the "Fail safe mode" parameter.See also this table, "Fail safe mode" parameter description.
Factory setting:0.0000 %
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
170 Endress+Hauser
Limit hysteresisEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 35
Enter hysteresis value for the upper and lower alarm value or critical alarm value. The alarm conditions remain active as long as the measured value is in the hysteresis.
The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:• "Upper limit alarm": upper critical alarm limit value• "Upper limit warning": upper alarm limit value• "Lower limit warning": lower alarm limit value• "Lower limit alarm": lower critical alarm limit value
A0030353
Fig. 42: Illustration of the output value (Out Value) with limit values and hysteresis as well as the alarms "Upper limit alarm", "Upper limit warning", "Lower limit warning" and "Lower limit alarm"
Input range:0.0 to 50.0 % with regard to the range of the "Output scale" group ( ä 168)
Factory setting:0.5000 %
Upper limit alarmEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 37
Enter upper critical limit value.If the "Output value (Out Value)" exceeds this limit value, the "Upper limit alarm" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis".
Factory setting:3.4028e+038 %
Upper limit warningEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 39
Enter upper limit value.If the "Output value (Out Value)" exceeds this limit value, the "Upper limit warning" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:3.4028e+038 %
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
ALARM_HYSALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYSALARM_HYSt
t
t
t
t
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Upper lim warn
Lower lim warn
Upper lim warn
Lower lim warn
Upper lim alarm
Out limit values
Lower lim alarm
Upper lim alarm
Lower lim alarm
Output value(Out value)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 171
Lower limit warningEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 41
Enter lower limit value.If the "Output value (Out Value)" drops below this limit value, the "Lower limit warning" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 %
Lower limit alarmEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 43
Enter lower critical limit value.If the "Output value (Out Value)" drops below this limit value, the "Lower limit alarm" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 %
Upper limit alarmDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 46
The "Upper limit alarm" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the upper critical limit value alarm. ä 170, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Upper limit alarm" e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Alarm output value (Out Value)• Displays the value that violated the upper critical limit ("Upper limit alarm").• Factory setting: 0.0000 %
Upper limit warningDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 47
The "Upper limit warning" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the upper limit value alarm. ä 170, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Upper limit warning" e.g. alarm still active,
alarm reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Warning output value (Out Value)• Displays the value that violated the upper limit (Upper limit warning).• Factory setting: 0.0000 %
Lower limit warningDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 48
The "Lower limit warning" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the lower limit value alarm. ä 170, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Lower limit warning" e.g. alarm still active,
alarm reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Warning output value (Out Value)• Displays the value that violated the lower limit ("Lower limit warning").• Factory setting: 0.0000 %
Lower limit alarmDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 49
The "Lower limit alarm" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the lower critical limit value alarm. ä 170, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Lower limit alarm" e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Alarm output value (Out Value)• Displays the value that violated the lower critical limit ("Lower limit alarm").• Factory setting: 0.0000 %
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
172 Endress+Hauser
SimulateEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 50
The "Simulate" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements. This parameter is used to simulate the input value and status of the Analog Input Block. As this value runs through the complete algorithm, the behavior of the Analog Input Block can be checked.
Simulation• 0: Simulation mode switched off• 1: Simulation mode switched on
Simulation value• This element is displayed if the simulation mode was enabled via the simulation
element. Depending on the settings for the "Measuring mode (005)", level selection and unit parameters, you can enter a pressure, level, volume, mass or flow value here.
• Factory setting: 0.0
Status• This element is displayed if the simulation mode was enabled via the simulation
element. Enter the status for the simulation value.• Factory setting: 128 (GOOD)
Unit textEntry
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 51
Enter text (max. 16 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:Empty field
PV scale unitDisplay
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 61
This parameter describes the unit of the process variable of the Transducer Block which is assigned to this Analog Input Block via the channel (see "Channel" parameter ä 168.
AI view 1Display
AI1 Slot: 1AI2 Slot: 2Index: 62
Group of Analog Input Block parameters that are read as one via a communication request.The "AI view 1" comprises:
• Static rev. no.• Block mode • Alarm summary • Output value (Out Value)
Expert Communication Analog Input 1/Analog Input 2 AI Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 173
9.5.4 Analog Output Block 1 / Analog Output Block 2
Expert Communication Analog Output 1/Analog Output 2AO Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Block objectDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 16
The "Block object" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 13 elements. This parameter describes the characteristics of the Analog Output Block.
Reserved profile parameter• 250 = not used
Block object• 2 = Function Block
Parent class• 2 = Output
Class• 128 = Endress+Hauser Analog Output Block (DAO_EH)
Device rev.• 1
Device rev. comp• 1
DD-revision• 0 (for future use)
Profile• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile in the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
Profile revision• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profile 3.02)
Execution time• 0 (for future use)
No. of parameters• Number of parameters of the Endress+Hauser Analog Output, here: 23
Index of View 1• Address of the "AO view 1" parameter, here: AO1 = 0x03, 0x27; AO2 = 0x04,
0x27
Number of view lists• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".
Static rev. no.Display
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 17
Displays the static revision counter for the parameters of the Analog Output Block.The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the Analog Output Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0
TAGEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 18
Enter device tag e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
StrategyEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 19
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks. Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the "Strategy" parameter of the block in question.
Input range:0 to 65535
Factory setting:0
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
174 Endress+Hauser
Alert keyEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 20
Enter the user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).The process control system can use this information to sort alarms and events that were generated by this block.
Input range:0 to 255
Factory setting:0
Target modeOptions
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 21
Select the desired block mode.
Options: • Automatic (Auto)• Manual (Man)• Out of service (O/S)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
Block modeDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 22
The "Block mode" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic mode (Auto), manual user intervention (Man) and out of service (O/S).
Actual mode• Displays the current block mode.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Permitted mode• Displays the modes supported by the block.• Factory setting: 152 = automatic (Auto), manual user intervention or out of
service
Normal mode• Displays the normal working mode of the block.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Alarm summaryDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 23
The "Alarm summary" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
Current alarm summary• Displays the current alarms• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Expert Communication Analog Output 1/Analog Output 2 AO Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Batch informationEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 24
The "Batch information" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.This parameter is used in batch processes in accordance with IEC 61512 Part 1 (ISA S88). The "Batch information" parameter is required in a decentralized automation system to identify the input channels used. In addition, the errors occurring for the current batch process can also be displayed.
Batch ID• Enter the ID of a batch application so you can assign device messages, such as
alarms etc.
Batch unit (no. of recipe unit procedure or of the unit)• Enter the recipe code required for the batch application or the related unit, such
as the reactor for example.
Batch operation• Enter the recipe currently available.
Batch phase• Enter the current recipe phase.
Expert Communication Analog Output 1/Analog Output 2AO Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 175
Input valueDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 26
The "Input value" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Input value• Displays the input value of the Analog Output Block.
Input status• Displays the status of the input value
If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the "Block mode" parameter, the "Input value" and its status can be specified manually here.
ChannelDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 27
This parameter is used to assign the output of the Analog Output Block to the received parameter of the Transducer Block.
Factory setting:"Ext. value 1" fixed assignment to the external value 1 for the Analog Output 1"Ext. value 2" fixed assignment to the external value 2 for the Analog Output 2
Data sizeDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 28
Size of the "Output value (Out Value)" parameter in number of bytes, without status byte.
Factory setting:4
Data max. sizeDisplay
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 29
Maximum size of the "Output value (Out Value)" parameter in number of bytes, with status byte.
Fail safe timeEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 32
Time in seconds since the failure was detected until action on the part of the block if the condition persists.
Factory setting:0
Fail safe modeOptions
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 33
If the Analog Output Block receives an input value with the status BAD, the Analog Output Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of this parameter.
The following options are available by means of the "Fail safe mode" parameter:• Last valid out val.
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.• Fail safe value
The value specified by means of the "Failsafe default" parameter is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN. See this table, "Failsafe default" parameter description.
• Status badThe current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
The failsafe mode is anyway activated if the "Out of service" (O/S) option was selected by means of the "Target mode" parameter.
Factory setting:Last valid out val.
Failsafe defaultEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 34
Enter the value for the "FsafeValue" option selected via the "Fail safe mode" parameter.See also this table, "Fail safe mode" parameter description.
Factory setting:0.0000
Expert Communication Analog Output 1/Analog Output 2 AO Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
176 Endress+Hauser
UnitEntry
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 35
This parameter describes the unit for the input value.
Factory setting:Unknown
Output value (Out Value)Display
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 36
The "Output value (Out Value)" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Output value (Out Value)• Displays the output value (Out Value) of the Analog Output Block. It is
transmitted to the "Ext. val. 1" or "Ext. value 2" parameter via the channel.
Out status• Displays the status of the output value (Out Value).
If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the "Block mode" parameter, the "Output value (Out Value)" and its status can be written manually here.
AO view 1Display
AO1 Slot: 3AO2 Slot: 4Index: 39
Group of Analog Output Block parameters that are read as one via a communication request. The "AO view 1" comprises:
• Static rev. no.• Block mode • Alarm summary • Input value • Data size • Data max. size
Expert Communication Analog Output 1/Analog Output 2 AO Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 177
9.5.5 Totalizer Block (Deltabar M)
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Block objectDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 16
The "Block object" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 13 elements. This parameter describes the characteristics of the Totalizer Block.
Reserved profile parameter• 250 = not used
Block object• 2 = Function Block
Parent class• 5 = Calculation
Class• 8 = Totalizer
Device rev.• 1
Device rev. comp• 1
DD-revision• 0 (for future use)
Profile• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile in the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
Profile revision• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profile 3.02)
Execution time• 0 (for future use)
No. of parameters• Number of parameters for the totalizer, here: 36
Index of View 1• Address of the "Tot view 1" parameter, here: 0x05, 0x34
Number of view lists• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".
Static rev. no.Display
Index: 5Slot: 17
Displays the static revision counter for the parameters of the Totalizer Block.The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the Totalizer Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0
TAGEntry
Slot: 5Index: 18
Enter device tag e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
StrategyEntry
Slot: 5Index: 19
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks. Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the "Strategy" parameter of the block in question.
Input range:0 to 65535
Factory setting:0
Alert keyEntry
Slot: 5Index: 20
Enter the user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).The process control system can use this information to sort alarms and events that were generated by this block.
Input range:0 to 255
Factory setting:0
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
178 Endress+Hauser
Target modeOptions
Slot: 5Index: 21
Select the desired block mode.
Options: • Automatic (Auto)• Manual (Man)• Out of service (O/S)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
Block modeDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 22
The "Block mode" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic mode (Auto), manual user intervention (Man) and out of service (O/S).
Actual mode• Displays the current block mode.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Permitted mode• Displays the modes supported by the block.• Factory setting: 152 = automatic (Auto), manual user intervention or out of
service
Normal mode• Displays the normal working mode of the block.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Alarm summaryDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 23
The "Alarm summary" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
Current alarm summary• Displays the current alarms• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Batch informationEntry
Slot: 5Index: 24
The "Batch information" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.This parameter is used in batch processes in accordance with IEC 61512 Part 1 (ISA S88). The "Batch information" parameter is required in a decentralized automation system to identify the input channels used. In addition, the errors occurring for the current batch process can also be displayed.
Batch ID• Enter the ID of a batch application so you can assign device messages, such as
alarms etc.
Batch unit (no. of recipe unit procedure or of the unit)• Enter the recipe code required for the batch application or the related unit, such
as the reactor for example.
Batch operation• Enter the recipe currently available.
Batch phase• Enter the current recipe phase.
Totalizer 1Display
Slot: 5Index: 26
The "Totalizer 1" function block contains the value and the associated status of the Totalizer 1.
Eng. unit totalizer 1Entry
Slot: 5Index: 27
Unit of the Totalizer 1.
Factory setting:m3
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 179
ChannelEntry
Slot: 5Index: 28
Describes the flow measured value channel which is calculated by the Transducer Block.
Total 1 valueEntry
Slot: 5Index: 29
Set the totalizer to zero or a predefined value.
Options:• Totalize (normal function of the totalizer)• Reset (totalizer is reset to zero)• Preset (totalizer is set to a predefined value)
Factory setting:Totalize
Totalizer 1 modeOptions
Slot: 5Index: 30
This function block parameter controls the totalization behavior. The following options are available:
• Balanced: true arithmetic integration of the flow values.• Positive flow only: only positive flow values are totalized.• Negative flow only: only negative flow values are totalized.• Hold: the totalizer stops totalizing.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only
Total. 1 failsafeOptions
Slot: 5Index: 31
Define the behavior of the totalizer in the case of an error.
Options:• Actual value (It is integrated with the current flow value on.)• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.• Memory (the totalizer continues running with the last valid value)
Factory setting:Actual value
Preset valueEntry
Slot: 5Index: 32
Value for setting the totalizer to a predefined value, see option "Preset" of "Total 1 value".
Factory setting:0.0
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
180 Endress+Hauser
Limit hysteresis Entry
Slot: 5Index: 33
Enter hysteresis value for the upper and lower alarm value or critical alarm value. The alarm conditions remain active as long as the measured value is in the hysteresis. The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:
The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:• "Upper limit alarm": upper critical alarm limit value• "Upper limit warning": upper alarm limit value• "Lower limit warning": lower alarm limit value• "Lower limit alarm": lower critical alarm limit value
A0030353
Fig. 43: Illustration of the output value (Totalizer 1) with limit values and hysteresis as well as the alarms "Upper limit alarm", "Upper limit warning", "Lower limit warning" and "Lower limit alarm"
Factory setting:0 m3
Upper limit alarmEntry
Slot: 5Index: 34
Enter upper critical limit value.If the "Totalizer 1" exceeds this limit value, the "Upper limit alarm" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:3.4028e+038 m3
Upper limit warningEntry
Slot: 5Index: 35
Enter upper limit value.If the "Totalizer 1" exceeds this limit value, the "Upper limit warning" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:3.4028e+038 m3
Lower limit warningEntry
Slot: 5Index: 36
Enter lower limit value.If the "Totalizer 1" drops below this limit value, the "Lower limit warning" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 m3
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
ALARM_HYSALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYSALARM_HYSt
t
t
t
t
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
Upper lim warn
Lower lim warn
Upper lim warn
Lower lim warn
Upper lim alarm
Out limit values
Lower lim alarm
Upper lim alarm
Lower lim alarm
Output value(Out value)
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 181
Lower limit alarmEntry
Slot: 5Index: 37
Enter lower critical limit value.If the "Lower limit alarm" drops below this limit value, the "Lower limit alarm" parameter displays an alarm message. See also this table, "Limit hysteresis" parameter description.
Factory setting:–3.4028e+038 m3
Upper limit alarmDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 38
The "Upper limit alarm" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the upper critical limit value alarm. ä 180, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Upper limit alarm" e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Alarm output value (Out Value)• Displays the value that violated the upper critical limit ("Upper limit alarm").• Factory setting: 0.0000 m3
Upper limit warningDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 39
The "Upper limit warning" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the upper limit value alarm. ä 180, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Upper limit warning" e.g. alarm still active,
alarm reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Warning output value• Displays the value that violated the upper limit (Upper limit warning).• Factory setting: 0.0000 m3
Lower limit warningDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 48
The "Lower limit warning" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the lower limit value alarm. ä 180, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Lower limit warning" e.g. alarm still active,
alarm reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Warning output value• Displays the value that violated the lower limit ("Lower limit warning").• Factory setting: 0.0000 m3
Lower limit alarmDisplay
Slot: 5Index: 41
The "Lower limit alarm" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.The parameter displays the status of the lower critical limit value alarm. ä 180, "Limit hysteresis", graphic.
Status• Displays the current status of the "Lower limit alarm" e.g. alarm still active, alarm
reported to control level etc.• Factory setting: 0
Alarm output value• Displays the value that violated the lower critical limit ("Lower limit alarm").• Factory setting: 0.0000 m3
Tot view 1Display
Slot: 5Index: 52
Group of Totalizer Block parameters that are read as one via a communication request.The "Tot view 1" comprises:
• Static rev. no.• Block mode • Alarm summary • Totalizer 1
Expert Communication Totalizer 1 ToT Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
182 Endress+Hauser
9.5.6 Transducer Block
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Block objectDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 16
The "Block object" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of 13 elements. This parameter describes the characteristics of the Transducer Block.
Reserved profile parameter• 250 = not used
Block object• 3 = Transducer Block
Parent class• 1 = Pressure
Class• 7 = Differential pressure, gauge pressure, absolute pressure
Device rev.• 1
Device rev. comp• 1
DD_revision• 0 (for future use)
Profile• Number of the PROFIBUS PA profile in the PNO• 0x40, 0x02 (compact class B)
Profile revision• Displays the profile version, here: 0x302 (Profile 3.02)
Execution time• 0 (for future use)
No. of parameters• Number of parameters for the transducer, here: 234
Index of View 1• Address of the "TB View 1" parameter, here: 0x06, 0xFA
Number of view lists• 1 = The Block contains one "View object".
Static rev. no.Display
Index: 6Slot: 17
Displays the static revision counter for parameters of the Transducer Block.The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the Transducer Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Factory setting:0
TAGEntry
Slot: 6Index: 18
Enter device tag e.g. TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
StrategyEntry
Slot: 6Index: 19
Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks. Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the "Strategy" parameter of the block in question.
Input range:0 to 65535
Factory setting:0
Alert keyEntry
Slot: 6Index: 20
Enter the user-specific value (e.g. identification number of the plant unit).The process control system can use this information to sort alarms and events that were generated by this block.
Input range:0 to 255
Factory setting:0
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 183
Target modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 21
Select the desired block mode. Only the "Automatic (Auto)" mode can be selected for the Transducer Block.
Options: • Automatic (Auto)
Factory setting:Automatic (Auto)
Block modeDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 22
The "Block mode" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of three elements.PROFIBUS makes a distinction between the following block modes: automatic mode (Auto), manual user intervention (Man) and out of service (O/S). The Transducer Block only works in the "Automatic (Auto)" mode.
Actual mode• Displays the current block mode.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Permitted mode• Displays the modes supported by the block.• Factory setting: 8 = automatic (Auto)
Normal mode• Displays the normal working mode of the block.• Factory setting: automatic (Auto)
Alarm summaryDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 23
The "Alarm summary" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four elements.
Current alarm summary• Displays the current alarms• Factory setting: 0x0, 0x0
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Sensor pressureDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 24
Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment and damping. ä 132, Meas. pressure (020), graphic
URL sensorDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 25
Displays the upper-range limit of the sensor.
LRL sensorDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 26
Displays the lower-range limit of the sensor.
Hi trim sensorDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 27
Sensor recalibration by entering a target pressure while simultaneously and automatically accepting a reference pressure present for the upper calibration point.
Lo trim sensorEntry
Slot: 6Index: 28
Sensor recalibration by entering a target pressure while simultaneously and automatically accepting a reference pressure present for the lower calibration point.
Minimum spanDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 29
Displays the smallest possible span.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Standard Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
184 Endress+Hauser
Press. eng. unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 30
Select the pressure unit.If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per order specifications
Corrected press.Display
Slot: 6Index: 31
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment.
If this value is not equal to "0", it can be corrected to "0" by the position adjustment.
Sensor Meas. TypeDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 32
Displays the sensor type.
• Deltabar M = differential• Cerabar M with gauge pressure sensors = gauge• Cerabar M with absolute pressure sensors = absolute• Deltapilot M with gauge pressure sensors = gauge
Sensor serial no.Display
Slot: 6Index: 33
Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).
Primary valueDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 34
The "Primary value" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Measured value• Depending on the settings for the "Measuring mode (005)", Lin. mode (037)
and unit parameters, a pressure, level, volume, mass or flow value is displayed here.
Status• Displays the status of the measured value
Primary value unitDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 35
This parameter describes the unit of the primary value depending on the "transmitter type".
Transmitter typeDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 36
This parameter describes the measuring mode of the pressure transmitter.
Options:• Pressure• Flow• Level
Sensor Temp. (Cerabar/Deltapilot)Display
Slot: 6Index: 43
The "Sensor Temp. (Cerabar/Deltapilot)" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Sensor temp.• Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate
from the process temperature.
Status• Displays the status of the measured temperature.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 185
Temp. eng. unit.(Cerabar/Deltapilot)Options
Slot: 6Index: 44
Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
The setting affects the unit for the "Sensor temp." parameter.
Options:• °C• °F• K
Factory setting:°C
Value (sec val 1)Display
Slot: 6Index: 45
This parameter contains the pressure value and the status that is available for the function block.
Press. eng. unitDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 46
This parameter contains the pressure unit of the Value (sec val 1) parameter (= "Press. eng. unit").
Value (sec val 2)Display
Slot: 6Index: 47
This parameter contains the measured value after input scaling and the status that is available for the function block. The parameter contains the standardized pressure value without an engineering unit.
Sec val2 unitDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 48
This parameter contains the unit of the "Value (sec val 2)" parameter. The digital value, that corresponds "None" and is transmitted, is 1997 (PROFIBUS PA Profile).
CharacterizationDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 49
Type of characteristic.
Options:• Linear• Linearization• Square root
Measuring rangeEntry
Slot: 6Index: 50
The "Measuring range" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Full pressure• Enter the upper limit for the input value of the Transducer Block.• Factory setting: URL sensor
(For the sensor upper range value, see "URL sensor".)
Empty pressure• Enter the lower limit for the input value of the Transducer Block.• Factory setting: 0
Working rangeEntry
Slot: 6Index: 51
The "Working range" parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
Full calib.• Enter the upper limit for the output value (Out Value) of the Transducer
Block.• Factory setting: URL sensor
(For the sensor upper range value, see "URL sensor".)
Empty calib.• Enter the lower limit for the output value (Out Value) of the Transducer
Block.• Factory setting: 0
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
186 Endress+Hauser
Set low-flow cut-offDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 52
Enter switch-on point of the flow-flow cut-off. The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 % of the maximum flow value.
Input range:Switch-off point: 0 to 50 % of end flow value ("Max. flow (009)").
A0025191
Factory setting:5 % (of the maximum flow value)
Squareroot pointDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 53
Shows the number of value pairs of a linearization table. The value is calculated if the table is activated.
Tab actual numbDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 54
Contains the actual numbers of entries in the table. It is calculated when table transmission has ended.
Line numb.:Display
Slot: 6Index: 55
The "Line numb.:" parameter identifies which element in the table is currently in the "Tab xy value" parameter.
Table max. numberDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 56
"Table max. number" is the maximum size (number of value pairs "X-value" and "Y value") of the table in the device.
Table min. numberDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 57
For device-internal reasons (e.g. calculation), it is sometimes necessary to use a minimum number of table values. This number is provided in the "Table min. number" parameter.
Simulation mode Options
Slot: 6Index: 58
Select the function for entering the table.
Options:• Clear table: deletes an active linearization table• New operation: creates a new linearization table• Accept input table: enables the linearization table entered• Delete point: deletes a linearization point.• Insert point: adds a new linearization point.
Factory setting:Clear table
Status (characteristic)Display
Slot: 6Index: 59
Displays the result of check of the linerization tabel.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
6%
5%
0% 0%
QQmax
QQmax
Δ Δp p
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 187
Tab xy valueDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 60
"X-value" and "Y value" value pairs for Linearization curve.
Max. meas. press.Display
Slot: 6Index: 61
Displays the highest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold" parameter.
Min. meas. press.Display
Slot: 6Index: 62
Displays the lowest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold" parameter.
Empty calib.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 66
Enter the output value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit defined in "Unit before lin." must be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container empty) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container empty) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Empty pressure" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Empty height" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:0.0
Full calib.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 67
Enter the output value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit defined in "Unit before lin." must be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container full) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container full) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Full pressure" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Full height" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:100.0
Pressure Empty/FullDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 68
Internal service parameter.
Calibration Empty/FullDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 69
Internal service parameter.
Max. TurndownDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 70
Internal service parameter
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
188 Endress+Hauser
High-press. sideDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 71
Determines, which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.
This setting is only valid if the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch is switched off (see "Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar)" parameter). Otherwise P2 corresponds to the high-pressure side in any case.
Reset peakholdDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 72
You can reset the "Min. meas. press." and "Max. meas. press." indicators with this parameter.
Options: • Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:Abort
Measuring modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 73
Select the measuring mode.The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode selected.
WARNING!
Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!This situation can result in product overflow.‣ If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified
and, if necessary, reconfigured!
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow (Deltabar)
Factory setting:Pressure
Simulation modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 74
Switch on the simulation mode and select the simulation type. A simulation that is running is switched off if the measuring mode or Lin. mode (037) level mode is changed.
Options: • None • Pressure, see this table, "Sim. pressure" parameter• Level, see this table, "Sim. level" parameter• Flow, see this table, "Sim. flow (Deltabar M)" parameter• Tank content, see this table, "Sim. tank cont." parameter• Alarm/warning, see this table, "Sim. error no." parameter
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
Electr. Delta P
P
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 189
Pressure Level
Simulation value:- Level- Tank content
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Deltabar M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Damping
P
Pressure Level Simulation value:- Level- Tank content
Flow Simulation value:- Flow
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Sim. levelEntry
Slot: 6Index: 76
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode" = Level and "Simulation mode" = Level
Sim. tank cont.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 77
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode" = Level, Lin. mode = "Activate table" and "Simulation mode"
= Tank content.
Sim. flow (Deltabar M)Entry
Slot: 6Index: 78
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode" = Flow and "Simulation mode" = Flow
Sim. pressureEntry
Slot: 6Index: 79
Enter the simulation value. See also "Simulation mode".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode" = Pressure
Value when switched on:Current pressure measured value
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
190 Endress+Hauser
Electr. delta P (Cerabar / Deltapilot)Options
Slot: 6Index: 80
This function activates the electr. delta P application with an external or constant value.
Options:
• Off• Ext. value 2• Constant
Factory setting:Off
Pressure abs rangeEntry
Slot: 6Index: 81
Absolute measuring range of the sensor.
Lo trim measuredDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 82
Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the lower calibration point.
Hi trim measuredDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 83
Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the upper calibration point.
Pos. zero adjust(Deltabar M and gaugepressure sensors)Options
Slot: 6Index: 84
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure doesn’t need not be known.
Example:– Measured value = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)– Correct the measured value via the "Pos. zero adjust (Deltabar M and gauge
pressure sensors)" parameter with the "Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
Options• Confirm• Abort
Factory setting:Abort
Calib. offset(absolute pressure sensor)Entry
Slot: 6Index: 86
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and the measured pressure must be known.
Example:– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.25 psi)– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032
psi)) via the "Calib. Offset" parameter. This means that you are assigning the value 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after calib. offset) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:0.0
DampingEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 87
Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping affects the speed at which the measured value reacts to changes in pressure.
The damping is only active if DIP switch 2 "damping " is in the ON position.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 191
Meas. pressureDisplaySlot: 6Index: 88
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Sensor
Sensor Pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Corrected Press.
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Electr. Delta P
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Deltabar M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Corrected Press.
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level Flow
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
192 Endress+Hauser
Unit before lin.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 89
Select the unit for the measured value display for the level before linearization.
The unit selected is only used to describe the measured value. This means that the measured value is not converted when a new output unit is selected.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, in• m3, in3
• l, hl• ft3
• gal, Igal• kg, t• lb
Factory setting:%
Calibration modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 90
Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time ("Empty calib." and "Full calib." parameters).
• DryDry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify two pressure/level value pairs via the following parameters: "Empty calib.", "Empty pressure", "Full calib.", "Full pressure", "Empty height", "Full height".
Factory setting:Wet
Height unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 91
Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the selected height unit using the "Adjust density" parameter.
Prerequisite"Level selection" = In height
Options• mm• m• in• ft
Factory setting:m
Density unitDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 92
Displays the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the "Height unit" and "Adjust density" parameters.
Factory setting:• g/cm3
Adjust densityEntry
Slot: 6Index: 93
Enter the density of the medium. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the "Height unit" and "Adjust density" parameters.
Factory setting:1.0
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 193
Process DensityEntry
Slot: 6Index: 94
Enter a new density value for density correction.The calibration was carried out with water as the medium, for example. Now the container is to be used for another medium with another density. The calibration is corrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the "Process Density" parameter.
If you change to dry calibration after completing a wet calibration using the "Calibration mode" parameter, the density for the "Adjust density" and "Process Density" parameters must be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode.
Factory setting:1.0
Meas. LevelDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 95
Displays the height currently measured.The measured pressure is converted to a height using the Process density (035) parameter.
Empty heightEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 96
Enter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). Select the unit via the "Height unit" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection" = In height• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:0.0
Full heightEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 97
Enter the height value for the upper calibration point (container full). Select the unit via the "Height unit" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection" = In height• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) is converted to a height unit
Level before linDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 98
Displays the level value before the linearization table.
Tank descriptionEntry
Slot: 6Index: 101
Enter the tank description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
194 Endress+Hauser
Lin. modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 102
Select the linearization mode.
Options:• Linear
The level is output without being converted beforehand. "Level before lin" is output.
• Erase table:The existing linearization table is deleted.
• Manual entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output): The value pairs of the table ("X-value" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)") are entered manually.
• Semiautomatic entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output): The container is emptied or filled in stages in this entry mode. The device records the level value automatically ("X-value"). The associated volume, mass or %-value is entered manually ("Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)").
• Activate tableThe table entered is activated and checked with this option. The device shows the level after linearization.
Factory setting:Linear
Unit after lin.Options
Slot: 6Index: 103
Select the unit of the level value after linearization (unit of the Y-value).
Options:• %• cm, dm, m, mm• hl• in3, ft3, m3
• l• in, ft• kg, t• lb• gal• Igal
Factory setting:%
Tank contentDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 104
Displays the level value after linearization.
Empty calib.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 105
Enter the output value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit defined in "Unit before lin." must be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container empty) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container empty) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Empty pressure" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Empty height" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:0.0
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 195
Full calib.Entry
Slot: 6Index: 106
Enter the output value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit defined in "Unit before lin." must be used.
• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container full) must actually be available. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container full) does not have to be available. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Full pressure" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to be entered in the "Full height" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:100.0
Tab xy valueDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 107
Displays a pair of points of the linearization table.
Edit tableOptions
Slot: 6Index: 108
Select the function for entering the table.
Options:• Next point: enter the next point.• Current point: stay on the current point to correct a mistake for example.• Previous point: skip back to the previous point to correct a mistake for
example.• Insert point: insert an additional point (see example below).• Delete point: delete the current point (see example below).
Example: Add a point - in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb.:" parameter.– Select the "Insert point" option via the "Edit table" parameter.– Point 5 is displayed for the "Line numb.:" parameter. Enter new values for the
"X-value" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" parameters.
Example: Delete a point - in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb.:" parameter.– Select the "Delete point" option via the "Edit table" parameter.– The 5th point is deleted. All of the subsequent points are moved up one
number i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:Current point
Lin tab index 01Entry
Slot: 6Index: 109
First table point parameter for linearization via the Fieldcare module.
...
Lin tab index 32Entry
Slot: 6Index: 140
Last table point parameter for linearization via the Fieldcare module.
Ext. value 2Display
Slot: 6Index: 141
Output value and status parameters of Analog Output 2.
Ext.val.2 unitEntry
Slot: 6Index: 142
Unit of the output value parameter of Analog Output 2.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
196 Endress+Hauser
Flow typeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 143
Select the flow type.
Options:• Volume operat. cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Volume norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe:
1013.25 mbar and 273.15 K (0 °C))• Volume std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in the USA:
1013.25 mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))• Mass (mass under operating conditions)• Flow in %
Factory setting:Volume operat. conditions
Max. flowEntry
Slot: 6Index: 144
Enter maximum flow of primary element. See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the maximum pressure which you enter via "Max. pressure flow (010)".
Max. pressure flowEntry
Slot: 6Index: 145
Enter maximum pressure of primary element.See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum flow value (see "Max. flow (009)").
Flow unitEntry
Slot: 6Index: 146
Unit of the set "flow type".
Mass flow unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 147
Select mass flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" = Mass
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/d• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d
Factory setting:kg/s
Std. flow unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 148
Select standard flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" = Volume std. conditions
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/d• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
Factory setting:Sm3/s
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 197
Norm. flow unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 149
Select norm flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type Flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" = Volume norm. cond.
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/d
Factory setting:Nm3/s
Flow unitOptions
Slot: 6Index: 150
Select volume flow unit.When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a flow type Flow type. When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type" = Volume operat. cond.
Options:• dm3/s, dm3/min, dm3/h• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/d• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD• ozf/s, ozf/min• gal/s, gal/min, gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d• Igal/s, Igal/min, Igal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Factory setting:m3/s
FlowDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 151
Displays the present flow value.
Totalizer 2 modeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 153
Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative)• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only
Totalizer 2Display
Slot: 6Index: 154
Displays the counter reading of totalizer 2. The Totalizer 2 overflow parameter displays the overflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 1: 3456789 m3
– Totalizer 1 overflow: 12 E7 m3
Eng. unit totalizer 2Options
Slot: 6Index: 155
Select the unit for totalizer 2.
The Direct Access Code and the option list depends on the selected "Flow type":– (065): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (066): Flow. meas. type "Gas norm. cond."– (067): Flow. meas. type "Gas. std. cond."– (068): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
198 Endress+Hauser
Totalizer 2Display
Slot: 6Index: 156
Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. The Totalizer 2 overflow parameter displays the overflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 1: 3456789 m3
– Totalizer 1 overflow: 12 E7 m3
Totalizer 2 overflowDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 157
Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.See also "Totalizer 2".
Eng. unit totalizer 2Options
Slot: 6Index: 158, 159, 160, 161
Select the unit for totalizer 2. See also UNIT_TOT (224).
The Direct Access Code and the option list depends on the selected "Flow type":– (065): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (066): Flow. meas. type "Gas norm. cond."– (067): Flow. meas. type "Gas. std. cond."– (068): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3
Totalizer 1Display
Slot: 6Index: 162
Displays the totalizer value.
Totalizer 1 overflowDisplay
Slot: 6Index: 163
Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.See also "Totalizer 1"
Total. 2 failsafeOptions
Slot: 6Index: 164
Define the behavior of the totalizer 2 in the case of an error.
Options:• Actual value (It is integrated with the current flow value on.)• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Actual value
DampingEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 165
Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping affects the speed at which the measured value reacts to changes in pressure.
The damping is only active if DIP switch 2 "damping " is in the ON position.
Level selectionOptions
Slot: 6Index: 166
Select the method for calculating the level
Options:• In pressure
If this option is selected, specify two pressure/level value pairs. The level value is displayed directly in the unit that you select via the "Unit before lin." parameter.
• In heightIf this option is selected, specify two height/level value pairs. From the measured pressure, the device first calculates the height using the density. This information is then used to calculate the level in the "Unit before lin." selected using the two value pairs specified.
Factory setting:In pressure
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 199
High-press. sideSelection/Display
Slot: 6Index: 167
Determines, which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.
This setting is only valid if the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch is switched off (see "Switch P1/P2 (163) (Deltabar)" parameter). Otherwise P2 corresponds to the high-pressure side in any case.
Fixed ext. value (Cerabar / Deltapilot)EntrySlot: 6Index: 168
Use this function to enter the constant value.The value refers to Electr. delta P (Cerabar / Deltapilot)" ( ä 190).
Factory setting:0.0
Empty pressureEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 169
Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).See also "Empty calib.".
Prerequisite• "Level selection" = In pressure• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:0.0
Full pressureEntry/Display
Slot: 6Index: 170
Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).See also "Full calib. (031)".
Prerequisite• "Level selection" = In pressure• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) of the sensor
Pressure af. dampDisplaySlot: 6Index: 171
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment and damping.
Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Sensor
Sensor Pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Simulation valuePressure
Corrected Press.
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Electr. Delta P
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level
PV PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
200 Endress+Hauser
Deltabar M
Transducer Block Sensor
Sensor pressure
Sensor trim
Positionadjustment
Corrected Press.
Damping
Pressure af. damp
Measuring pressure
P
Pressure Level Flow
PV (PV = Primary Value)
Analog Input Block
Calib. OffsetEntry
Slot: 6Index: 172
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and the measured pressure must be known.
Example:– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.25 psi)– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032
psi)) via the "Calib. Offset" parameter. This means that you are assigning the value 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after calib. offset) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:0.0
Sensor temp.(Cerabar/Deltapilot)Display
Slot: 6Index: 173
Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate from the process temperature.
X-valueDisplay/Semiautomatic entry
Slot: 6Index: 174
If "Lin. mode" = "Semiautomatic", the level value is displayed and must be confirmed by entering the associated Y-value.
Sensor serial no.Display
Slot: 6Index: 175
Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).
Totalizer 1Display
Slot: 6Index: 176
Displays the totalizer value.
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare)
Endress+Hauser 201
PaTbRangeParametersEntry
Slot: 6Index: 177
This parameter is a structured parameter with transducer scaling information for the internal function of the upload/download module.
Eng. unit totalizer 1Options
Slot: 6Index: 178, 179, 180, 181
Select unit for totalizer 1.
OptionsDepending on the setting in the "Flow type" parameter ( ä 196), this parameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units. When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters are converted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flow mode is change, the totalizer value is not converted.
The Direct Access Code depends on the selected "Flow type":– (058): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (059): Flow. meas. type "Volume norm. cond."– (060): Flow. meas. type "Volume std. cond."– (061): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3
TB View 1Entry
Slot: 6Index: 182
Group of Transducer Block parameters that are read as one via a communication request. The TB View 1 comprises:
• Static rev. no.• Block mode • Alarm summary• Primary value
Expert Communication Transducer Block TB Endress+Hauser Parameter
Parameter name Description
Commissioning via Class 2 master (FieldCare) Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
202 Endress+Hauser
9.6 Saving or duplicating device dataThe device does not have a memory module. With an operating tool based on FDT technology (e.g. FieldCare), the following is, however, possible:• Storage/recovery of configuration data• Duplication of device parameters• Transfer of all relevant parameters when replacing electronic inserts.
For further information, please refer to the Operating Instructions for the FieldCare operating program.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Maintenance
Endress+Hauser 203
10 MaintenanceDeltabar M requires no maintenance.For Cerabar M and Deltapilot M keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1) free from contamination.
A0028502
10.1 Cleaning instructionsEndress+Hauser offer flushing rings as accessories to clean process isolating diaphragms without taking the transmitters out of the process.For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
10.1.1 Cerabar M PMP55We recommend you perform CIP (cleaning in place (hot water)) before SIP (sterilization in place (steam)) for pipe diaphragm seals. A frequent use of sterilization in place (SIP) will increase the stress on the process isolating diaphragm. Under unfavorable circumstances in the long term view we cannot exclude that a frequent temperature change could lead to a material fatigue of the process isolating diaphragm and possibly to a leakage.
10.2 Exterior cleaningPlease note the following points when cleaning the device:• The cleaning agents used should not corrode the surface and the seals.• Mechanical damage to the process isolating diaphragm, e.g. due to pointed objects, must
be avoided. • Observe the degree of protection of the device. See the nameplate if necessary ( ä 9 ff).
1
Troubleshooting Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
204 Endress+Hauser
11 Troubleshooting
11.1 MessagesThe following table lists the messages that can occur. The Diagnostic code parameter shows the message with the highest priority. The device has four different status information codes according to NAMUR NE107:
• F = failure• M (warning) = maintenance required• C (warning) = function check• S (warning) = out of specification (deviations from the permitted ambient or process
conditions determined by the device with the self-monitoring function, or errors in the device itself indicate that the measuring uncertainty is greater than what would be expected under normal operating conditions).
Diagnostic code
Error message Cause Measure
0 No error – –
C411 Up-/Download – Upload active. Upload/download active, please wait
C484 Error simul. – Fault state simulation is switched on, i.e. the device is not measuring at present.
End the simulation
C485 Measure simul. – Simulation is switched on, i.e. the device is not measuring at present.
End the simulation
C824 Process pressure – Overpressure or low pressure present.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data. This message normally only appears briefly.
1. Check the pressure value2. Restart the device3. Perform a reset
F002 Sens. unknown – Sensor does not suit the device (electronic sensor nameplate).
Contact Endress+Hauser Service
F062 Sensor conn. – Cable connection between sensor and main electronics disconnected.
– Sensor defect.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data.
1. Check sensor cable2. Replace electr.3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service4. Replace sensor (snap-on Version)
F081 Initialization – Cable connection between sensor and main electronics disconnected.
– Sensor defect.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data. This message normally only appears briefly.
1. Perform a reset2. Check sensor cable3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
F083 Permanent mem. – Sensor defect.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data. This message normally only appears briefly.
1. Restart the device2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
F140 Working range P – Overpressure or low pressure present.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data.– Sensor defect.
1. Check the process pressure2. Check the sensor range
F261 Electronics – Main electronics defective.– Fault in the main electronics.
1. Restart the device2. Replace electr.
F282 Data memory – Fault in the main electronics.– Main electronics defective.
1. Restart the device2. Replace electr.
F283 Permanent mem. – Main electronics defective.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data.– The supply voltage is disconnected when writing.– An error occurred when writing.
1. Perform a reset2. Replace electr.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Troubleshooting
Endress+Hauser 205
F410 Up-/Download – The file is defect.– During the download, the data are not correctly transmitted
to the processor, e.g. because of open cable connections, spikes (ripple) on the supply voltage or electromagnetic effects.
1. Repeat download2. Use another file3. Perform a reset
F411 Up-/Download – Download active. 1. Upload/download active, please wait2. Restart, if download aborted
F437 Configuration – The Profibus configuration is inconsistent. Adapt the characteristic type with the transmitter type in the Transducer BlockCheck the transmitter typeCheck the characterizationCheck the unit
F510 Linearization – The linearization table is being edited. 1. Conclude entries2. Select "linear"
F511 Linearization – The linearization table consists of less than 2 points. 1. Table too small2. Corr. table3. Accept the table
F512 Linearization – The linearization table is not monotonic increasing or decreasing.
1. Tab. not monotonic2. Corr. table3. Accept the table
F841 Sensor range – Overpressure or low pressure present.– Sensor defect.
1. Check the pressure value2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
F882 Input signal – External measured value is not received or displays a failure status.
1. Check the bus2. Check source device3. Check the setting
M002 Sens. unknown – Sensor does not suit the device (electronic sensor nameplate). Device continues measuring.
Contact Endress+Hauser Service
M283 Permanent mem. – Cause as indicated for F283.– Correct measurement can continue as long as you do not
need the peakhold indicator function.
1. Perform a reset2. Replace electr.
M410 Up-/Download – A value is exceeded or a parameter change was not accepted.– During the download, the data are not correctly transmitted
to the processor, e.g. because of open cable connections, spikes (ripple) on the supply voltage or electromagnetic effects.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the technical data.
– The supply voltage is disconnected when writing.– An error occurred when writing.
1. Press the "Confirm" button to confirm2. Repeat download3. Use another file4. Perform a reset
M431 Adjustment – The pressure applied is outside the set measuring range (but within the sensor range).
– The calibration carried out would result in the sensor nominal operating range being undershot or overshot.
1. Check the measuring range2. Check position adjustment3. Check the setting
M434 Scaling – Values for calibration (e.g. lower range value and upper range value) are too close together.
– Lower range value and/or upper range value undershoot or overshoot the sensor range limits.
– The sensor was replaced and the customer-specific configuration does not suit the sensor.
– Unsuitable download carried out.
1. Check the measuring range2. Check the setting3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
M438 Data record – The supply voltage is disconnected when writing.
– An error occurred when writing.
1. Check setting2. Restart the device3. Replace electr.
M515 Configuration Flow
– Max. flow out of nominal range of sensor 1. Recalibrate the device2. Restart the device
Diagnostic code
Error message Cause Measure
Troubleshooting Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
206 Endress+Hauser
11.1.1 Onsite display error messagesIf the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, the following error messages can be displayed:
M520 Ident. number – The configured identification number is not supported by the device.
– The user configuration data are not compatible with the set identification number.
– The configuration data are not supported by the device or a requested feature is not enabled in the device (e.g. watchdog function, failsafe).
– Unsuitable download carried out.
Use the correct identification number
M882 Input signal – External measured value displays a warning status. 1. Check the bus2. Check source device3. Check the setting
S110 Working range T – Over temperature and low temperature present.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data.– Sensor defect.
1. Check proc. temp.2. Check temperature range
S140 Working range P – Overpressure or low pressure present.– Electromagnetic effects are greater than specifications in the
technical data.– Sensor defect.
1. Check the process pressure2. Check the sensor range
S822 Process temp. – The temperature measured in the sensor is greater than the upper nominal temperature of the sensor.
– The temperature measured in the sensor is lower than the lower nominal temperature of the sensor.
1. Check the temperature2. Check the setting
S841 Sensor range – Overpressure or low pressure present.– Sensor defect.
1. Check the pressure value2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
Diagnostic code
Error message Cause Measure
Message Measure
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A110 Exchange onsite display.
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A112
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A171
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Troubleshooting
Endress+Hauser 207
11.2 Response of outputs to errorsThe device makes a distinction between the message types F (failure) and M, S, C (warning). See the following table and Page 204, Section 11.1 "Messages".
11.2.1 Analog Input BlockIf the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status BAD, the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of the "Fail safe mode " parameter.
The following options are available by means of the "Fail safe mode" parameter:• Last valid out val.
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.• Fail safe value
The value specified by means of the "Failsafe default" parameter is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Status BADThe current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
Factory setting: • Fail safe mode: Last valid out val. • Failsafe default: 0
The BAD status is in anyway output if the "Out of service" (O/S) option was selected by means of the "Target mode" parameter.
Output F (failure) M, S, C (warning)
PROFIBUS The process variable in question is transmitted with the status BAD1).
1) Process value: depends on the AI configurationTotalizer 1: depends on the "Total. 1 failsafe" parameter
Device continues measuring. The process variable in question is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.
Onsite display – The measured value and message are displayed alternately
– Measured value display: F-symbol is permanently displayed.
– The measured value and message are displayed alternately
– Measured value display: M, S, or C-symbol flashes.
Troubleshooting Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
208 Endress+Hauser
11.2.2 Totalizer 1 BlockIf the Totalizer 1 receives an input value from the transducer with the status BAD, the Totalizer 1 Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of the "Total. 1 failsafe" parameter.
The following options are available by means of the "Total. 1 failsafe" parameter:• Run
Totalizer 1 continues calculating with the input value, i.e. the input status is ignored. Depending on the "Cond. status diag", the value is output with the status "UNCERTAIN" in the "Classic status" mode or with the status "BAD" in the "Condensed status" mode.
• MemoryTotalizer 1 continues calculating with the last valid input value with the status "UNCERTAIN".
• HoldTotalizer 1 is stopped if a BAD status occurs for the input value.
Factory setting:Run
• The BAD status is in anyway output if the "Out of service" option was selected via the "Block mode/Target mode" parameter.
• If the error refers to a hardware failure, the "Totalizer 1" output retains the status "BAD" whatever is the failsafe mode.
11.3 RepairThe Endress+Hauser repair concept provides for measuring devices to have a modular design and that the customer can also carry out repairs (see ä 209, Section 11.5 "Spare Parts").
• For certified devices, please see the "Repair of Ex-certified devices" section.• For more information on service and spare parts, contact Endress+Hauser Service. See www.endress.com/worldwide.
11.4 Repair of Ex-certified devicesWARNING!
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!Risk of explosion!
When repairing Ex-certified devices, please note the following:• Only specialist personnel or Endress+Hauser may repair certified devices.• Relevant standards, national hazardous area regulations and safety instructions and
certificates must be observed.• Only genuine Endress+Hauser spare parts may be used.• When ordering spare parts, please check the device designation on the nameplate.
Identical parts may only be used as replacements.• Electronic inserts or sensors already in use in a standard device may not be used as spare
parts for a certified device.• Carry out repairs according to the instructions. Following a repair, the device must fulfill
the requirements of the specified individual tests.• A certified device may only be converted to another certified device version by
Endress+Hauser.• All repairs and modifications must be documented.
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M Troubleshooting
Endress+Hauser 209
11.5 Spare Parts• Some replaceable measuring device components are identified by means of a spare part
nameplate. This contains information about the spare part.• All the spare parts for the measuring device along with the order code are listed In the
W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) and can be ordered. If available, users can also download the associated Installation Instructions.
Measuring device serial number:• Located on the device and spare part nameplate.• Can be read out via the "Serial number" parameter in the "Instrument info" submenu.
11.6 Return The measuring device must be returned if repairs or a factory calibration are required, or if the wrong measuring device has been ordered or delivered. According to legal regulations, Endress+Hauser, as a ISO-certified company, is required to follow certain procedures when handling returned products that are in contact with process fluids.To ensure swift, safe and professional device returns, please read the return procedures and conditions on the Endress+Hauser website at www.services.endress.com/return-material.
11.7 DisposalWhen disposing, separate and recycle the device components based on the materials.
11.8 Software history
Device Date Software version Software modifications Operating Instructions
Cerabar M 01.2011 01.00.zz Original software.
Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00
BA00383P/00/EN/01.11 71089566
BA00383P/00/EN/02.11 71134594
BA00383P/00/EN/03.11 71134883
BA00383P/00/EN/04.12 71157183
BA00383P/00/EN/05.12 71191307
BA00383P/00/EN/06.14 71241503
BA00383P/00/EN/07.14 71270332
BA00383P/00/EN/08.16 71316872
Technical data Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
210 Endress+Hauser
12 Technical dataFor the technical data, please refer to the Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P / Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M TI00437P.
Device Date Software version Software modifications Operating Instructions
Deltabar M 01.2011 01.00.zz Original software.
Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00
BA00383P/00/EN/01.11 71089566
BA00383P/00/EN/02.11 71134594
BA00383P/00/EN/03.11 71134883
BA00383P/00/EN/04.12 71157183
BA00383P/00/EN/05.12 71191307
BA00383P/00/EN/06.14 71241503
BA00383P/00/EN/07.14 71270332
BA00383P/00/EN/08.16 71316872
Device Date Software version Software modifications Operating Instructions
Deltapilot M 01.2011 01.00.zz Original software.
Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00
BA00383P/00/EN/01.11 71089566
BA00383P/00/EN/02.11 71134594
BA00383P/00/EN/03.11 71134883
BA00383P/00/EN/04.12 71157183
BA00383P/00/EN/05.12 71191307
BA00383P/00/EN/06.14 71241503
BA00383P/00/EN/07.14 71270332
BA00383P/00/EN/08.16 71316872
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
Endress+Hauser 211
Index
AAcyclic data exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
BBasic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CCable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40–41Cyclic data exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Cyclic data telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DData format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Device addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Device display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Device identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Diaphragm seals, installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 18Diaphragm seals, vacuum application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Differential pressure measurement, installation. . . . . . 29Differential pressure measurement, preparatory steps 102Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
EElectrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FFactory setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Flow measurement, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Flow measurement, preparatory steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
GGeneral structure of the operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 48GSD files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
HHazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
IInput data, structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals 18Installation instructions for devices without diaphragmseals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
KKeys, local, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 52Keys, local, pressure measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
LLanguage selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 87Level measurement, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Level measurement, preparatory steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Locking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 54
MMeasuring arrangement for pressure measurement . 16–17Measuring layout for flow measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Measuring layout for level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Measuring layout for pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . 29Measuring mode selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Mounting, suspension clamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
NNameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Number of devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
OOperating elements, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 52Operating elements, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Operating keys, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Operational safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Output data, structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Overvoltage protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
PPipe mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 30, 36Position adjustment, onsite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Position zero adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Potential equalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8PROFIBUS PA system architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
RRepair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Repair of Ex-certified devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
SScaling the OUT value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Separate housing, assembly and mounting . . . . . . . 23, 37Shielding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Slot/index tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Status code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
TTemperature isolator, installation instructions. . . . . . . . 20
UUnlocking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 54
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
212 Endress+Hauser
WWall and pipe-mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 36Welding recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M
Endress+Hauser 213
214
215
www.addresses.endress.com
71316872